Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Shore Bancshares, Inc.

Shore Bancshares, Inc.

shbi · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker shbi
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 584
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Shore Bancshares, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2020

ANNUAL REPORT

S������� F�������� D���
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

R������ O� C��������� O���������:
Interest income 
Interest expense 
Net interest income 
Provision for credit losses 
Net interest income a�er provision for credit losses 
Noninterest income 
Noninterest expense 
Income before income taxes 
Income tax expense 
Income from con�nuing opera�ons 

R������ O� D����������� O���������:
Noninterest income 
Noninterest expense 
(Loss) income before income taxes 
Income tax expense (benefit) 
(Loss) income from discon�nued opera�ons 

P�� C����� S���� D���:
Income from con�nuing opera�ons - basic 
Income (loss) from discon�nued opera�ons - basic 
  Net income 
Income from con�nuing opera�ons - diluted 
Income (loss) from discon�nued opera�ons - diluted 
  Net income 
Dividends paid 
Book value (at year end) 
Tangible book value (at year end)1 

F�������� C�������� (at year end):
Loans 
Assets 
Deposits 
Stockholders’ equity 

P���������� R����� (for the year)2: 
Return on average total assets 
Return on average stockholders’ equity 
Net interest margin 
Efficiency ra�o3 
Dividend payout ra�o 
Average stockholders’ equity to average total assets 

A���� Q������ R����� (for the year):
Nonperforming assets to total assets 
Nonperforming assets and accruing TDRs to total assets 
Allowance for credit losses to loans4 
Allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual loans 
Allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual loans and TDRs 

         Years Ended December 31,             

                   2020 
$ 

$ 

                   2019   
59,767
9,636
50,131
700
49,431
10,020
37,557
21,894
5,610
16,284

$ 

59,677  
7,080  
52,597  
3,900  
48,697  
10,749  
38,399  
21,047  
5,317  
15,730  

 -     
 -     
 -     
 -     
 -     

1.27  
 -     
1.27  
1.27  
 -      
1.27  
0.48  
16.55  
14.92  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

15
128
(113 )
(27 )
(86 )

1.28
(0.01 )
1.27
1.28
(0.01 )
1.27
0.42
15.42
13.84

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$  1,454,256  
  1,933,315  
  1,700,705  
195,019  

$  1,248,654
  1,559,235
  1,341,334
192,802

 0.92  %  
7.95  
3.27   
60.62  
37.80  
11.58  

0.32  % 
0.68  
0.95  
254.59  
104.77  

1.08  %
8.52
3.54
62.64
33.07 
12.69

0.77  %
1.25
0.84
99.22
58.08   

1Total Stockholders’ equity, net of goodwill and other intangible assets, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding at year end.
2Reflect the results of both continuing and discontinued operations.
3Noninterest expense as a percentage of total revenue (net interest income plus total noninterest income).  Lower ratios indicate improved productivity.
4This ratio includes PPP loans of $122.8 million.  Without PPP loans, the ratio is 1.04%. 

SHORE BANCSHARES  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2020

          
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SHORE BANCSHARES  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2020

Dear Shareholders: Fiscal year 2020 will be forever remembered as the year of COVID-19. As the Company faced many challenges in relation to the global pandemic, it was a surprising year for the Company from a financial perspective. The Company grew $374.1 million in total assets to nearly $2 billion by the end of 2020.   Asset growth was significantly impacted by an increase in deposits of approximately $359.4 million, or 26.8%, while organic loan growth, excluding the U.S. Small Business Administration Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) loans, increased $82.8 million, or 6.6%, much higher than many of our peers.  These significant financial highlights, amid a global health crisis, are a true testament to the strength of our markets and dedication of our team. We are proud that our team of nearly 300 employees continues to not only reaffirm our commitment to customers, communities and shareholders, they made a significant impact on the reputation of our Company.  Our ability to adapt and alter our delivery systems was key to our success during the pandemic.  For approximately 2 ½ months, we completed customer transactions primarily through our branch drive-thru network and promoted the use of online and mobile banking.   Without much persuasion or coaching, customers who normally banked in-person, began to adopt our digital banking services, creating convenience for them and efficiencies for us.  For our customers who experienced financial hardships due to the pandemic, we provided fee waivers and loan payment deferral programs. This assistance also included the participation in the PPP lending program, in which we were able to assist 1,525 small business customers totaling $130.1 million.  Our loan deferral program had a balance of $34.9 million, or 2.4% of the total loan portfolio, at December 31, 2020 and primarily consisted of hospitality borrowers, who were hardest hit by state and local government shut downs and travel restrictions. The Company’s assistance programs along with government stimulus, resulted in no losses during 2020 related to the pandemic and we continue to see significant improvements in credit quality metrics.  Our capital and credit quality ratios are better than they have been in recent memory. Total nonperforming assets are down $5.7 million, or 47.8% when compared to 2019. We were able to raise $25 million in additional capital through a subordinated debt offering in August of 2020 which proved to be an inexpensive way to bolster our already strong capital position in the event of an unexpected downturn in the economy. Later in the year, the excess capital gave us the opportunity to buy back approximately 747 thousand shares or approximately 6% of our outstanding common stock.  These buybacks were viewed favorably by our investors and committed shareholders and may resume once we are able to do so.  Looking forward, we feel strongly that our recent announcement of the purchase of Severn Bancorp enhances our overall franchise value. This acquisition will allow for expansion and growth into a very attractive market, connect our operations in and throughout Maryland and offer alternative revenue streams that replace those lost due to the sale of our insurance business operations in 2018. After the close of this transaction, the Company will be $2.9 billion in total assets and the third largest bank headquartered in Maryland.   As our customers’ preferences change, we will continue to make prudent decisions in the way we operate and conduct business. We want to thank our board of directors, shareholders, employees and customers for your loyalty, support, and investment in Shore Bancshares. Sincerely,Lloyd L. “Scott” Beatty, Jr.  Frank E. Mason, lllPresident & CEO, Shore United Bank & Shore Bancshares, Inc.    Board ChairmanSUPPORT THROUGHOUT 2020

During the pandemic as more people became 

unemployed and had limited resources, the demand for 

food assistance reached critical levels. As a local 

community bank, we responded to the needs of our 

communities by donating $20,000 in response to the 

growing food assistance demands of Maryland,

$20K

FOOD BANKS

Delaware and Virginia Food Banks who worked tirelessly 

to purchase and distribute food to those in need.

With the absence of in-person social gatherings and 

events, aid and assistant programs were moved to 

virtual platforms.  Our employees rallied to find safe 

solutions to support the community through food 

pantry drives, collection boxes for ‘Toys for Tots’, tote 

bags for virtual school supplies, and much needed items 

for homeless shelters and animal shelters.

20

$245,000 donated to support local community 
organizations over and above branch collection drives.

SHORE BANCSHARES  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2020

FOCUS TO HELP LOCAL BUSINESSES
SECURE FUNDING
During the COVID-19 Pandemic

When COVID-19 brought unprecedented change to 

our economy in early March, small business owners 

were immediately worried about what it could mean 

for the financial stability and future of their business.  

As an approved Small Business Administration (SBA) 

lender, we immediately developed a process to make 

Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) loans available to 

small businesses in our communities.

When the Small Business Administration (SBA) 

Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) expired on 

August 8, 2020, we had approved 1,525 loans for a 

total of $130.1 million.  

1,525 

APPROVED PPP LOANS

$130.1 

MILLION DOLLARS

“

Community Banking Success Stories

Thank you to you and your team. On Friday, we were able to guarantee 

35 hours of work and no layoffs to our employees through June. Also 

for those with healthcare, we are picking up the employee portion for at 

least the next few weeks. We are making some hires as well that never 

would have happened so a few more families lives will be helped too. 

Many have anxiety about virus issues but we were able to at least relieve 

them of the economic concerns for now. Hopefully by June, this will be 

“

in the rear view mirror.

Bruce, Local Business Owner

   ”

Anyone who owns a business and has explored the federal 

grant/loan from SBA knows how confusing the process can be.

I just wanted to thank my local bank, Shore United Bank, who 

I’ve been banking with for 20 years for handling my PPP loan 

completely pain free and making it happen.

“

Eric, Local Business Owner

   ”

On the news I hear about other small businesses struggling through 

the SBA PPP loan process. However, that was not the case for us. 

I want to thank you for going above and beyond working with us and 

working with the Small Business Administration to help us secure the 

loan. Initially there was a lot of uncertainty from the SBA with their 

forms and the required documentation, however, you worked 

through the weekend and were on top of the changing requirements 

and worked closely with us to meet their requirements. Thanks for 

your help it is greatly appreciated.”

Finance Director
Mid-Shore Non-Profit Organization

   ”

10

9

8

12

11

1

7

5

6

2

3

4

THEATER

ALL SHOWS 
CANCELLED

C L O S E D

CLOSED

ATM

VOTED 
BEST
LOCAL
PIZZA

D
R
U
G
S
SODA

PHARMACY

SHORE BANCSHARES  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2020

Wye 
Financial
Partners

A DIVISION OF SHORE UNITED BANK

WYE FINANCIAL PARTNERS
Name Change

In March, our 

investment services 

division, Wye Financial 

& Trust changed its 

name to Wye Financial 

Partners and Wye Trust.  

Due to the SEC Reg B-1 (Regulation Best Interest) guidelines, the Company now uses 

separate and distinct names for each type of business it conducts. The trust business is 

offered through the bank’s trust powers and the brokerage business is offered through LPL 

Financial, the Company’s broker/dealer. The regulation seeks to make clear to clients what 

is a bank offering and what is not. 

This change has not had a significant impact on clients as the team, processes, and service 

offerings have not changed.  After a tumultuous first quarter due to the pandemic, Wye 

ended the year strong, profitable and with assets under management up 7%.

NEW WEST OCEAN CITY
Branch Opened

12905 Ocean Gateway
 Ocean City, Maryland

In March 2020 we opened our West Ocean City Branch.  Unfortunately, three days later we had to close all 

branch lobbies and service customers through the drive-thru window.  Despite the pandemic, the branch 

remained open and serviced customer by appointment and via the drive-thru.  Our lobbies re-opened in June 

with appropriate safety protocols in place.  The branch continues to welcome new and visiting customers.   

SHORE BANCSHARES  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2020

          
TRED AVON BRANCH REMODEL
212 Marlboro Avenue, Easton, Maryland

In July 2020, we began construction to completely renovate our Tred Avon Square branch 

location.  We forged ahead with the project keeping the health and safety of our employees and 

customers our top priority.  Although renovation projects can often be disruptive, we provided 

continual service to our customers.  We appreciate the patience, cooperation and consideration 

from our customers, contractors, and staff. 

The newly renovated branch offers a refreshed, open floor plan for employees to engage with 

customers.  Cash recyclers provide safe and quick automation for receiving and disbursing cash 

giving employees more time to provide exceptional customer service.  Customer convenience 

was enhanced with the addition of a drive-up ATM.  

THEN

NOW

SHORE BANCSHARES  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2020

 
SHORE BANCSHARES
HEADQUARTERS
18 E. Dover Street
Easton, MD  21601
410.763.7800
ShoreBancshares.com
NASDAQ: SHBI

BANKING
SHORE UNITED BANK
18 E. Dover Street
Easton, MD 21601
410.822.1400
877.758.1600
ShoreUnitedBank.com

LOAN PRODUCTION OFFICES
SHORE UNITED BANK
9748 Stephen Decatur Highway
Unit 104
Ocean City, MD 21842
443.856.2100
ShoreUnitedBank.com

102 Sleepy Hollow Drive, Suite 204
Middletown, DE 19709
302.449.6320
ShoreUnitedBank.com

INVESTMENTS
WYE FINANCIAL PARTNERS
16 N. Washington Street
Easton, MD 21601
410.763.8543
800.309.8124
WyeFinancialPartners.com

1101 Maiden Choice Lane
Baltimore, MD 21229
800.309.8124
WyeFinancialPartners.com

OWINGS MILLS

Baltimore
County

ARBUTUS

Howard
County

ELKRIDGE

Kent 
County

CHESTERTOWN

Anne Arundel
County

Queen Anne’s
County

CENTREVILLE

MIDDLETOWN

New Castle
County

DOVER

Kent 
County

CAMDEN

CHESTER

GRASONVILLE

STEVENSVILLE

RIDGELY

Caroline
County

DENTON

FELTON

MILFORD

Sussex 
County

ST. MICHAELS

EASTON
Talbot
County

CAMBRIDGE

Dorchester
County

OCEAN 
CITY

Worcester
County

Accomack
County

ONLEY

INVESTOR RELATIONS CONTACT:
Edward C. Allen
Edward.Allen@shbi.com
443.262.9319

TRANSFER AGENT:
Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions
51 Mercedes Way
Edgewood, NY  11717
866.232.0392
720.358.3588

SHORE BANCSHARES  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2020

BOARD OF DIRECTORS
SHORE BANCSHARES & SHORE UNITED BANK

CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD
Frank E. Mason, III
President & Chief Executive Officer, JASCO

OFFICERS  |  SHORE BANCSHARES
PRESIDENT & CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Lloyd L. “Scott” Beatty, Jr.

PRESIDENT & CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Lloyd L. “Scott” Beatty, Jr.

EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT & CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
Edward C. Allen

Blenda W. Armistead
Investor

David J. Bates
Investor

EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT & CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER
Donna J. Stevens

EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT & GENERAL COUNSEL
W. David Morse

R. Michael Clemmer, Jr.
President, Salisbury, Inc.

OFFICERS  |  SHORE UNITED BANK

William E. Esham, III
Partner, Ayres, Jenkins, Gordy & Almand, PA

PRESIDENT & CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Lloyd L. “Scott” Beatty, Jr.

James A. Judge
Certified Public Accountant, Anthony Judge & Ware, LLC

EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT & CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
Edward C. Allen

Clyde V. Kelly, III
President & General Manager, Kelly Distributors

EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT & CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER
Donna J. Stevens

David W. Moore
President & Chief Executive Officer
Milford Housing Development Corporation

Jeffrey E. Thompson
Managing Partner, Thompson & Richard, LLP

Dawn M. Willey
Investor

EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT/LEGAL COUNSEL CORPORATE SECRETARY 
W. David Morse

EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT & CHIEF CREDIT OFFICER
Charles E. Ruch, Jr.

EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT & CHIEF LENDING OFFICER
Michael T. Cavey

EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT & CHIEF RETAIL BANKING OFFICER
Jennifer M. Joseph

SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT & CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER
Charles F. “Fritz” Kade, III

SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT & CHIEF MARKETING & PROJECT OFFICER
Debra H. Rich

SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT & CHIEF HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICER
Marie P. DiDaniels

SHORE BANCSHARES  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2020

This page intentionally left blank.

SHORE BANCSHARES  |  ANNUAL REPORT 2020

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

(cid:59)  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

(cid:133)  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2020 

Commission File No. 0-22345 

SHORE BANCSHARES, INC. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Maryland 
(State or Other Jurisdiction of 
Incorporation or Organization) 

18 E. Dover Street, Easton, Maryland 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) 

52-1974638 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

21601 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (410) 763-7800 

Securities Registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of Each Class: 
Common stock, par value $.01 per share 

Trading Symbol(s) 
SHBI 

      Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered: 

Nasdaq Global Select Market 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. (cid:133) Yes (cid:59) No 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 16(d) of the Act. (cid:133) Yes (cid:59) No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been 
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days Yes (cid:59) No (cid:133) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to 
Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was 
required to submit files). Yes (cid:59) No (cid:133) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting 
company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company”, 
and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer 
Non-accelerated filer 

(cid:133) 
(cid:59) 

Accelerated filer 
Smaller reporting company 
Emerging growth company 

(cid:133) 
(cid:59) 
(cid:133) 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying 
with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. (cid:133) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  under  Section  404(b)  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  (15  U.S.C.  7262(b))  by  the  registered  public 
accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. (cid:133) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act): Yes (cid:133) No (cid:59) 

State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at 
which  the  common  equity  was  last  sold,  or  the  average  bid  and  asked  price  of  such  common  equity,  as  of  the  last  business  day  of  the 
registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter: $ 138,909,647. 

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock as of the latest practicable date: 11,751,859 as of March 15, 2021. 

Certain information required by Part III of this annual report is incorporated therein by reference to the definitive proxy statement for the 
2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

Documents Incorporated by Reference 

 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEX 

Business 
Risk Factors 
Unresolved Staff Comments 
Properties 
Legal Proceedings 
Mine Safety Disclosures 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases 
of Equity Securities 
Selected Financial Data 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 
Controls and Procedures 
Other Information 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
Executive Compensation 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Matters 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

Part I 
Item 1. 
Item 1A. 
Item 1B. 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Item 4. 

Part II 
Item 5. 

Item 6. 
Item 7. 
Item 7A. 
Item 8. 
Item 9. 
Item 9A. 
Item 9B. 

Part III 
Item 10. 
Item 11. 
Item 12. 

Item 13. 
Item 14. 

Part IV 
Item 15. 
Item 16. 
EXHIBIT LIST 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 
Form 10-K Summary 

SIGNATURES 

5
19
31
32
33
33

34
35
36
52
53
103
103
103

104
104

104
104
104

105
105
106

108

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K of Shore Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company” and “we,” “our” or “us” on a consolidated 
basis) contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. 
These  forward  looking  statements  represent  plans,  estimates,  objectives,  goals,  guidelines,  expectations,  intentions, 
projections  and  statements  of  our  beliefs  concerning  future  events,  business  plans,  expected  operating  results  and  the 
assumptions upon which those statements are based. In some cases, you can identify these forward-looking statements by 
words like “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” 
or  “continue”  or  the  negative  of  those  words  and  other  comparable  terminology,  although  not  all  forward-looking 
statements contain these words. Forward-looking statements are not a guarantee of future performance or results, and will 
not necessarily be accurate indications of the times at, or by, which such performance or results will be achieved. We 
caution that the forward-looking statements are based largely on our expectations and information available at the time the 
statements are made and are subject to a number of known and unknown risks and uncertainties that are subject to change 
based on factors which are in many instances, beyond our control. Actual results, performance or achievements could 
differ materially from those contemplated, expressed, or implied by the forward-looking statements. You should bear this 
in mind when reading this annual report and not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.  

In addition to the foregoing, the COVID-19 pandemic is adversely affecting us, our customers, counterparties, employees 
and  third  party  service  providers,  and  the  ultimate  extent  of  the  impact  on  our  business,  financial  position,  results  of 
operations, liquidity, and prospects is uncertain. Continued deterioration in general business and economic conditions, 
including further increases in unemployment rates, or turbulence in domestic or global financial markets could adversely 
affect our revenues and the values of our assets and liabilities, reduce the availability of funding, lead to a tightening of 
credit,  and  further  increase  stock  price  volatility,  which  could  result  in  impairment  to  our  goodwill  in  future  periods. 
Changes to statutes, regulations, or regulatory policies or practices as a result of, or in response to COVID-19, could affect 
us  in  substantial  and  unpredictable  ways,  including  the  potential  adverse  impact  of  loan  modifications  and  payment 
deferrals implemented consistent with recent regulatory guidance. The following factors, among others, could cause our 
financial performance to differ materially from that expressed in such forward-looking statements: 

COVID-19 Pandemic 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

responsive  actions  related  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic  may  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial 
condition, results of operations, liquidity, and cash flow. It is impossible to predict, with reliability, the 
extent of any such impact; 

public health officials have recommended and mandated precautions to mitigate the spread of COVID-
19,  including  prohibitions  on  congregating  in  heavily  populated  areas  and  shelter-in-place  orders  or 
similar  measures.  As  a  result,  we  have  temporarily  closed  certain  branches  and  other  locations.  Our 
results could be adversely impacted by these closures and other actions taken to contain the impact of 
COVID-19,  and  the  extent  of  such  impact  will  depend  on  future  developments,  which  are  highly 
uncertain and cannot be reliably predicted; 

asset quality within the Company’s loan portfolio and the value of collateral securing our loans may 
deteriorate and be adversely impacted by the effects and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and other 
circumstances; 

our  allowance for  loan  losses  may  increase if  borrowers  experience financial  difficulties  and  the net 
worth and liquidity of loan guarantors may decline, impairing their ability to honor their commitments 
to us, either or both of which will adversely affect our results of operations; 

if  the  economy  is  unable  to  substantially  reopen,  and  high  levels  of  unemployment  continue  for  an 
extended period of time, loan delinquencies, problem assets, and foreclosures may increase, resulting in 
increased charges and reduced income; collateral for loans, especially real estate, may decline in value, 
which could cause loan losses to increase; 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

liquidity risks associated with our business could be adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic and 
other circumstances; 

our ability to maintain important deposit customer relationships and our reputation could be impacted 
by the COVID-19 pandemic and other circumstances; 

the sufficiency of our capital, including sources of capital and the extent to which we may be required 
to raise additional capital to meet our goals may be impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic and other 
circumstances; 

potential exposure to fraud, negligence, computer theft and cyber-crime as an effect of the COVID-19 
pandemic and other circumstances could increase; 

the adequacy of our risk management framework may be impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic as our 
cyber  security  risks  are  increased  as  the  result  of  an  increase  in  the  number  of  employees  working 
remotely; 

General Economic Conditions 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

general  economic  conditions,  whether  national  or  regional,  and  conditions  in  the  lending  markets  in 
which we participate that may have an adverse effect on the demand for our loans and other products, 
our credit quality and related levels of nonperforming assets and loan losses, and the value and salability 
of the real estate that we own or that is the collateral for our loans; 

results of examinations of us by our regulators, including the possibility that our regulators may, among 
other things, require us to increase our reserve for loan losses or to write-down assets; 

our ability to prudently manage our growth and execute our strategy; 

the effect of acquisitions we have made or may make, including, without limitation, the failure to 
achieve the expected revenue growth and/or expense savings from such acquisitions, and/or the failure 
to effectively integrate an acquisition target into our operations; 

impairment of our goodwill and intangible assets; 

changing  bank  regulatory  conditions,  policies  or  programs,  whether  arising  as  new  legislation  or 
regulatory initiatives, that could lead to restrictions on activities of banks generally, or our subsidiary 
bank in particular, more restrictive regulatory capital requirements, increased costs, including deposit 
insurance premiums, regulation or prohibition of certain income producing activities or changes in the 
secondary market for loans and other products; 

changes in market rates and prices may adversely impact the value of securities, loans, deposits and 
other financial instruments and the interest rate sensitivity of our balance sheet; 

our liquidity requirements could be adversely affected by changes in our assets and liabilities; 

the  effect  of  legislative  or  regulatory  developments,  including  changes  in  laws  concerning  taxes, 
banking, securities, insurance and other aspects of the financial services industry; 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

competitive factors among financial services organizations, including product and pricing pressures and 
our ability to attract, develop and retain qualified banking professionals; 

the  expected  discontinuation  of  the  London  Interbank  Offering  Rate  (“LIBOR”)  after  2021  and 
uncertainty regarding potential alternative reference rates, including Secured Overnight Financing Rate 
(“SOFR”); 

the growth and profitability of non-interest or fee income being less than expected; 

the  effect  of  changes  in  accounting  policies  and  practices,  as  may  be  adopted  by  the  Financial 
Accounting  Standards  Board,  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  “SEC”),  the  Public 
Company Accounting Oversight Board and other regulatory agencies; and 

the effect of fiscal and governmental policies of the United States federal government. 

You should also consider carefully the Risk Factors contained in Item 1A of Part I of this annual report, which address 
additional factors that could cause our actual results to differ from those set forth in the forward-looking statements and 
could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. The risks discussed in this 
annual report are factors that, individually or in the aggregate, management believes could cause our actual results to differ 
materially from expected and historical results. You should understand that it is not possible to predict or identify all such 
factors.  Consequently,  you  should  not  consider  such  disclosures  to  be  a  complete  discussion  of  all  potential  risks  or 
uncertainties. 

The forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, and, except to the extent required by 
federal  securities  laws,  we  undertake  no  obligation  to  update  any  forward-looking  statement  to  reflect  events  or 
circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. In addition, 
we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, 
may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. 

4 

 
 
Item 1.      Business. 

BUSINESS 

General 

PART I 

The  Company  was  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  Maryland  on  March 15,  1996  and  is  a  financial  holding  company 
registered under  the  Bank  Holding  Company  Act  of 1956, as  amended  (the  “BHC  Act”).  The  Company  is  the  largest 
independent  financial  holding  company  located  on  the  Eastern  Shore  of  Maryland.  The  Company,  through  its  wholly 
owned banking subsidiary, Shore United Bank (the “Bank”) provides commercial banking products and services, including 
trust,  wealth  management  and  financial  planning  services.  The  Company  and  the  Bank  are  Affirmative  Action/Equal 
Opportunity Employers. 

Pending Transaction 

On March 3, 2021, the Company and Severn Bancorp, Inc. (“Severn”) entered into a definitive agreement for the Company 
to acquire the Maryland-based Severn. 

This transaction will create the third largest community bank headquartered in Maryland. This transaction will, among 
others, (i) permit the Company to expand its Maryland market area by entering the greater Annapolis market area, (ii) 
provide increased opportunities for current Severn products and services and (iii) enhance the Company’s scale to drive 
efficiency  and  profitability.  Additionally,  this  transaction  is  intended  to  create  a  competitive  position  in  the 
Columbia/Baltimore/Towson MSA, while filling in the Company’s current market footprint.   

Under the terms of the agreement, Severn shareholders will have the right to receive 0.6207 shares of Shore common stock 
and $1.59 in cash for each share of Severn common stock. Upon closing, Shore shareholders will own approximately 
59.6% of the combined Company and Severn will own approximately 40.4% of the combined Company. The transaction 
is subject to satisfaction of customary closing conditions, including regulatory approvals and shareholder approval from 
Shore and Severn shareholders. The transaction is expected to close in the third quarter of 2021. 

As of December 31, 2020, Severn had more than $950 million in assets and operated 7 full-service community banking 
offices throughout Anne Arundel County, Maryland. 

Banking Products and Services 

The Bank is a Maryland chartered commercial bank with trust powers that can trace its origin to 1876. The Bank currently 
operates  22  full  service  branches,  24  ATMs,  2  loan  production  offices,  and  provides  a  full  range  of  commercial  and 
consumer banking products and services to individuals, businesses, and other organizations in Baltimore City, Baltimore 
County, Howard County, Kent County, Queen Anne’s County, Caroline County, Talbot County, Dorchester County and 
Worcester  County  in  Maryland,  Kent  County,  Delaware  and  in  Accomack  County,  Virginia.  The  Bank’s  deposits  are 
insured up to applicable legal limits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). 

The  Bank  is  an  independent  community  bank  that  serves  businesses  and  individuals  in  their  respective  market  areas. 
Services  offered  are  essentially  the  same  as  those  offered  by  larger  regional  institutions  that  compete  with  the  Bank. 
Services provided to businesses include commercial checking, savings, certificates of deposit and overnight investment 
sweep accounts. The Bank offers all forms of commercial lending, including secured and unsecured loans, working capital 
loans, lines of credit, term loans, accounts receivable financing, real estate acquisition and development, construction loans 
and  letters  of  credit.  Merchant  credit  card  clearing  services  are  available  as  well  as  direct  deposit  of  payroll,  internet 
banking and telephone banking services. 

Services to individuals include checking accounts, various savings programs, mortgage loans, home improvement loans, 
installment and other personal loans, credit cards, personal lines of credit, automobile and other consumer financing, safe 
deposit boxes, debit cards, 24-hour telephone banking, internet banking, mobile banking, and 24-hour automatic teller 

5 

 
  
 
machine services. The Bank also offers non-deposit products, such as mutual funds and annuities, and discount brokerage 
services to their customers. Additionally, the Bank has Saturday hours and extended hours on certain evenings during the 
week for added customer convenience. 

Lending Activities 

The Bank originates secured and unsecured loans for business purposes. Commercial loans are typically secured by real 
estate, accounts receivable, inventory, equipment and/or other assets of the business. Commercial loans generally involve 
a greater degree of credit risk than one to four family residential mortgage loans. Repayment is often dependent upon the 
successful operation of the business and may be affected by adverse conditions in the local economy or real estate market. 
The financial condition and cash flow of commercial borrowers is therefore carefully analyzed during the loan approval 
process,  and  continues  to  be  monitored  by  obtaining  business  financial  statements,  personal  financial  statements  and 
income  tax  returns.  The  frequency  of  this  ongoing  analysis  depends  upon  the  size  and  complexity  of  the  credit  and 
collateral that secures the loan. It is also the Bank’s general policy to obtain personal guarantees from the principals of the 
commercial loan borrowers. 

The  Bank’s  commercial  real  estate  loans  are  primarily  secured  by  land  for  residential  and  commercial  development, 
agricultural  purpose  properties,  service  industry  buildings  such  as  restaurants  and  motels,  retail  buildings  and  general 
purpose business space. The Bank attempts to mitigate the risks associated with these loans through thorough financial 
analyses, conservative underwriting procedures, including loan to value ratio standards, obtaining additional collateral, 
closely monitoring construction projects to control disbursement of funds on loans, and management’s knowledge of the 
local economy in which the Bank lends. 

The  Bank  provides  residential  real  estate  construction  loans  to  builders  and  individuals  for  single  family  dwellings. 
Residential construction loans are usually granted based upon “as completed” appraisals and are secured by the property 
under construction. Additional collateral may be taken if loan to value ratios exceed 80%. Site inspections are performed 
to determine pre-specified stages of completion before loan proceeds are disbursed. These loans typically have maturities 
of six to 12 months and may have fixed or variable rate features. Permanent financing options for individuals include fixed 
and variable rate loans with three- and five-year balloon features and one-, three- and five-year adjustable rate mortgage 
loans. The risk of loss associated with real estate construction lending is controlled through conservative underwriting 
procedures such as loan to value ratios of 80% or less at origination, obtaining additional collateral when prudent, and 
closely monitoring construction projects to control disbursement of funds on loans. 

The Bank originates fixed and variable rate residential mortgage loans. As with any consumer loan, repayment is dependent 
upon  the  borrower’s  continuing  financial  stability,  which  can  be  adversely  impacted  by  job  loss,  divorce,  illness,  or 
personal bankruptcy, among other factors. Underwriting standards recommend loan to value ratios not to exceed 80% at 
origination based on appraisals performed by approved appraisers. The Bank relies on title insurance to protect their lien 
priorities and protect the property securing the loans by requiring fire and casualty insurance. 

A variety of consumer loans are offered to customers, including home equity loans, credit cards and other secured and 
unsecured lines of credit and term loans. Careful analysis of an applicant’s creditworthiness is performed before granting 
credit,  and  ongoing  monitoring  of  loans  outstanding  is  performed  in  an  effort  to  minimize  risk  of  loss  by  identifying 
problem loans early. 

Deposit Activities 

The Bank offers a full array of deposit products including checking, savings and money market accounts, and regular and 
IRA certificates of deposit. The Bank also offers the CDARS program, providing up to $50 million of FDIC insurance to 
our customers. Another program offered by the Bank is the ICS program, which is an insured cash sweep program allowing 
customers the ability to insure deposits over $250 thousand among other Banks that participate in the ICS network while 
providing competitive rates and easy access to funds. In addition, we offer our commercial customers packages which 
include cash management services and various checking opportunities and other cash sweep products. 

6 

Trust Services 

The  Bank  has  a  trust  department  through  which  it  offers  trust,  asset  management  and  financial  planning  services  to 
customers within our market areas using the trade name Wye Financial Partners. 

Seasonality 

Management does not believe that our business activities are seasonal in nature. 

Employees and Human Capital Resources 

At March 15, 2021, we employed 295 persons, of which 286 were employed on a full-time basis. None of our employees 
are represented by any collective bargaining unit or are a party to a collective bargaining agreement. We believe the 
relationship with our employees to be excellent and were recently named a Best Bank to Work for by American Banker. 
Our ability to attract and retain employees is a key to our success. We offer a competitive total rewards program to our 
employees and monitor the competitiveness of our compensation and benefits programs in our various market areas.(cid:3)

The Company prides itself on being a values-driven organization, where employees are empowered to share Ideas that 
keep the organization connected. Our company core values guide each team member to: 

•Act as an Owner 
•Practice Balanced Risk Management 
•Leverage the Team 
• Create a positive impact 

We believe that these values enable our success with our customers and have helped us build an inspiring, vibrant and 
accountability driven culture. In addition, we are committed to developing our staff through internal/external training 
programs, availability of online training resources, and continuing to implement leadership development programs to all 
levels of leadership within the organization.  This includes identifying future leaders and preparing them for leadership 
opportunities 

The safety, health and wellness for our employees is a top priority and consists of policies, procedures, guidelines, and 
mandates all tasks be conducted in a safe and efficient manner complying with all local, state and federal safety and 
health regulations. At the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, we successfully moved to a virtual-workplace and had 85% 
of our people working remotely. As of today, most employees have returned to the workplace.  Employees are subject to 
policies and procedures put in place to protect them including a full stock of PPE. The organization has continually 
provided guidelines to employees to promote healthy habits and ways to stay connected while working remotely. 

COMPETITION 

Shore Bancshares, Inc. and the Bank operate in a highly competitive environment. Our competitors include community 
banks, commercial banks, credit unions, thrifts, mortgage banking companies, credit card issuers, investment advisory 
firms, brokerage firms, mutual fund companies and e-commerce and other internet-based companies. We compete on a 
local and regional basis for banking and investment products and services. 

The primary factors when competing in the financial service market include personalized services, the quality and range 
of products and services, interest rates on loans and deposits, lending services, price, customer convenience, and our ability 
to attract and retain experienced employees. 

To compete in our market areas, we utilize multiple media channels including print, online, social media, television, radio, 
direct mail, e-mail and digital signage. Our employees also play a significant role in maintaining existing relationships 
with customers while establishing new relationships to grow all areas of our businesses. 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION 

General 

The Company is a financial holding company registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the 
“FRB”) under the BHC Act and, as such, is subject to the supervision, examination and reporting requirements of the BHC 
Act and the regulations of the FRB. 

The Bank is a Maryland chartered commercial bank subject to the banking laws of Maryland and to regulation by the 
Commissioner of Financial Regulation of Maryland. The primary federal regulator of the Bank is the FRB. The deposits 
of the Bank are insured by the FDIC, so certain laws and regulations administered by the FDIC also govern its deposit 
taking operations. In addition to the foregoing, the Bank is subject to numerous state and federal statutes and regulations 
that affect the business of banking generally. 

Nonbank affiliates of the Company are subject to examination by the FRB, and, as affiliates of the Bank, may be subject 
to examination by the Bank’s regulators from time to time. 

To the extent that the following information describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by 
reference to the text of applicable statutory and regulatory provisions. Legislative and regulatory initiatives, which 
necessarily impact the regulation of the financial services industry, are introduced from time-to-time. We cannot predict 
whether or when potential legislation or new regulations will be enacted, and if enacted, the effect that new legislation or 
any implemented regulations and supervisory policies would have on our financial condition and results of operations. 
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), by way of example, 
contains a comprehensive set of provisions designed to govern the practices and oversight of financial institutions and 
other participants in the financial markets. The Dodd-Frank Act made extensive changes in the regulation of financial 
institutions and their holding companies. Some of the changes brought about by the Dodd-Frank Act have been modified 
by the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act of 2018 (the “Regulatory Relief Act”), 
signed into law on May 24, 2018. The Dodd-Frank Act has increased the regulatory burden and compliance costs of the 
Company. Moreover, bank regulatory agencies can be more aggressive in responding to concerns and trends identified in 
examinations, which could result in an increased issuance of enforcement actions to financial institutions requiring 
action to address credit quality, liquidity and risk management, and capital adequacy, as well as other safety and 
soundness concerns. 

Regulation of Financial Holding Companies 

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “GLB Act”) amended the BHC Act and repealed the affiliation provisions of the Glass-
Steagall  Act  of  1933,  which,  taken  together,  limited  the  securities,  insurance  and  other  non-banking  activities  of  any 
company  that  controls  an  FDIC  insured  financial  institution.  Under  the  GLB  Act,  a  bank  holding  company  can  elect, 
subject to certain qualifications, to become a “financial holding company.” The GLB Act provides that a financial holding 
company may engage in a full range of financial activities, including insurance and securities underwriting and agency 
activities,  merchant  banking,  and  insurance  company  portfolio  investment  activities,  with  new  expedited  notice 
procedures. The Company is a financial holding company. 

Under FRB policy, the Company is expected to act as a source of strength to the Bank, and the FRB may charge the 
Company with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices for failure to commit resources to the Bank when required. This 
support may be required at times when the Company may not have the resources to provide the support. Under the prompt 
corrective action provisions, if a controlled bank is undercapitalized, then the regulators could require the bank holding 
company to guarantee the bank’s capital restoration plan. In addition, if the FRB believes that a company’s activities, 
assets or affiliates represent a significant risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of a controlled bank, then the 
FRB could require the bank holding company to terminate the activities, liquidate the assets or divest the affiliates. The 
regulators  may  require  these  and  other  actions  in  support  of  controlled  banks  even  if  such  actions  are  not  in  the  best 
interests of the bank holding company or its stockholders. Because the Company is a bank holding company, it is viewed 
as a source of financial and managerial strength for any controlled depository institutions, like the Bank. 

8 

The  Dodd-Frank  Act,  enacted  in  2010,  made  sweeping  changes  to  the  financial  regulatory  landscape  that  impacts  all 
financial institutions, including the Company and the Bank. The Dodd-Frank Act directs federal bank regulators to require 
that all companies that directly or indirectly control an insured depository institution serve as sources of financial strength 
for the institution. The term “source of financial strength” is defined under the Dodd-Frank Act as the ability of a company 
to  provide  financial  assistance  to  its  insured  depository  institution  subsidiaries  in  the  event  of  financial  distress.  The 
appropriate federal banking agency for such a depository institution may require reports from companies that control the 
insured depository institution to assess their abilities to serve as sources of strength and to enforce compliance with the 
source-of-strength requirements. The appropriate federal banking agency may also require a holding company to provide 
financial assistance to a bank with impaired capital. Under this requirement, the Company could be required to provide 
financial assistance to the Bank should it experience financial distress. 

Federal Regulation of Banks 

Federal  and  state  banking  regulators  may  prohibit  the  institutions  over  which  they  have  supervisory  authority  from 
engaging in activities or investments that the agencies believe are unsafe or unsound banking practices. These banking 
regulators have extensive enforcement authority over the institutions they regulate to prohibit or correct activities that 
violate law, regulation or a regulatory agreement or which are deemed to be unsafe or unsound practices. Enforcement 
actions may include the appointment of a conservator or receiver, the issuance of a cease and desist order, the termination 
of  deposit  insurance,  the  imposition  of  civil  money  penalties  on  the  institution,  its  directors,  officers,  employees  and 
institution-affiliated parties, the issuance of directives to increase capital, the issuance of formal and informal agreements, 
the removal of or restrictions on directors, officers, employees and institution-affiliated parties, and the enforcement of 
any such mechanisms through restraining orders or other court actions. 

The Bank is subject to the provisions of Section 23A and Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. Section 23A limits the 
amount  of  loans  or  extensions  of  credit  to,  and  investments  in,  the  Company  and  its  nonbank  affiliates  by  the  Bank. 
Section 23B requires that transactions between the Bank and the Company and its nonbank affiliates be on terms and under 
circumstances that are substantially the same as with non-affiliates. 

The  Bank  is  also  subject  to  certain  restrictions  on  extensions  of  credit  to  executive  officers,  directors,  and  principal 
stockholders  or  any  related  interest  of  such  persons,  which  generally  require  that  such  credit  extensions  be  made  on 
substantially the same terms as are available to third parties dealing with the Bank and not involve more than the normal 
risk of repayment. Other laws tie the maximum amount that may be loaned to any one customer and its related interests to 
capital levels. 

As part of the Federal Deposit Insurance Company Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), each federal banking regulator 
adopted non-capital safety and soundness standards for institutions under its authority. These standards include internal 
controls, information systems and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, 
asset growth, and compensation, fees and benefits. An institution that fails to meet those standards may be required by the 
agency to develop a plan acceptable to meet the standards. Failure to submit or implement such a plan may subject the 
institution to regulatory sanctions. The Company, on behalf of the Bank, believes that the Bank meets substantially all 
standards that have been adopted. FDICIA also imposes capital standards on insured depository institutions. 

Increase in Small Bank Holding Company Policy Threshold. The Regulatory Relief Act directed the FRB to increase the 
asset  threshold  for  qualifying  for  the  FRB’s  “Small  Bank  Holding  Company  Policy  Statement”  (the  “Policy”),  from 
$1 billion to $3 billion. The FRB’s revisions to the Policy took effect on August 30, 2018. Small BHCs or savings and 
loan holding companies(“SLHCs”) are excluded from the Policy if they are engaged in significant nonbanking activities, 
engaged in significant off-balance sheet activities, or have a material amount of debt or equity registered with the SEC. 
The FRB also retains the authority to exclude any BHC or SLHC from the Policy if such action is warranted for supervisory 
purposes. The Policy allows covered BHCs to operate with higher levels of debt than would normally be permitted, subject 
to certain restrictions on dividends and the expectation that the BHC will reduce its reliance on debt over time. Also, BHCs 
that are subject to the Policy are exempt from the FRB’s consolidated risk-based and leverage capital rules implementing 
Basel III. BHCs subject to the Policy also have less extensive regulatory reporting requirements than larger organizations 
filing reports on a semi-annual rather than quarterly basis. The Company meets the conditions of the FRB’s Policy and is 

9 

therefore currently excluded from consolidated capital requirements. However, the Bank remains subject to regulatory 
capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. 

Deposit Insurance 

Our deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the DIF of the FDIC. Deposit insurance is mandatory. We are required 
to pay assessments to the FDIC on a quarterly basis. The assessment amount is the product of multiplying the assessment 
base by the assessment amount. 

The assessment base against which the assessment rate is applied to determine the total assessment due for a given period 
is the depository institution’s average total consolidated assets during the assessment period less average tangible equity 
during that assessment period. Tangible equity is defined in the assessment rule as Tier 1 Capital and is calculated monthly, 
unless the insured depository institution has less than $1 billion in assets, in which case the insured depository institution 
calculates Tier 1 Capital on an end-of-quarter basis. Parents or holding companies of other insured depository institutions 
are required to report separately from their subsidiary depository institutions. 

The FDIC’s methodology for setting assessments for individual banks has changed over time, although the broad policy 
is  that  lower-risk  institutions  should  pay  lower  assessments  than  higher-risk  institutions.  The  FDIC  now  uses  a 
methodology, known as the “financial ratios method,” that began to apply on July 1, 2016, in order to meet requirements 
of the Dodd-Frank Act. The statute established a minimum designated reserve ratio (the “DFR”), for the DIF of 1.35% of 
the estimated insured deposits and required the FDIC to adopt a restoration plan should the reserve ratio fall below 1.35%. 
The financial ratios took effect when the DRR exceeded 1.15%. The FDIC declared that the DIF reserve ratio exceeded 
1.15% by the end of the second quarter of 2016. Accordingly, beginning July 1, 2016, the FDIC began to use the financial 
ratios method. This methodology assigns a specific assessment rate to each institution based on the institution’s leverage 
capital, supervisory ratings, and information from the institution’s call report. Under this methodology, the assessment rate 
schedules used to determine assessments due from insured depository institutions become progressively lower when the 
reserve ratio in the DIF exceeds 2% and 2.5%. 

The Dodd-Frank Act also raised the limit for federal deposit insurance to $250,000 for most deposit accounts and increased 
the cash limit of Securities Investor Protection Corporation protection from $100,000 to $250,000. 

The FDIC has authority to increase insurance assessments. A significant increase in insurance assessments would likely 
have an adverse effect on our operating expenses and results of operations. We cannot predict what insurance assessment 
rates will be in the future. Furthermore, deposit insurance may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an insured 
depository  institution  has  engaged  in  unsafe  or  unsound  practices,  is  in  an  unsafe  or  unsound  condition  to  continue 
operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order, or condition imposed by the FDIC. 

Capital Adequacy Guidelines 

Bank holding companies and banks are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by state and 
federal agencies. These agencies may establish higher minimum requirements if, for example, a banking organization 
previously has received special attention or has a high susceptibility to interest rate risk. Risk-based capital requirements 
determine the adequacy of capital based on the risk inherent in various classes of assets and off-balance sheet items. 
Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the FRB must apply consolidated capital requirements to depository institution holding 
companies that are no less stringent than those currently applied to depository institutions. The Dodd-Frank Act 
additionally requires capital requirements to be countercyclical so that the required amount of capital increases in times 
of economic expansion and decreases in times of economic contraction, consistent with safety and soundness. 

Under federal regulations, bank holding companies and banks must meet certain risk-based capital requirements. 
Effective as of January 1, 2015, the Basel III final capital framework, among other things, (i) introduces as a new capital 
measure “Common Equity Tier 1” (“CET1”), (ii) specifies that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 
capital” instruments meeting specified requirements, (iii) defines CET1 narrowly by requiring that most adjustments to 
regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital, and (iv) expands the scope of 
the adjustments as compared to existing regulations. Beginning January 1, 2016, financial institutions are required to 

10 

maintain a minimum “capital conservation buffer” to avoid restrictions on capital distributions such as dividends and 
equity repurchases and other payments such as discretionary bonuses to executive officers. The minimum capital 
conservation buffer has been phased-in over a four year transition period with minimum buffers of 0.625%, 1.25%, 
1.875%, and 2.50% during 2016, 2017, 2018, and 2019, respectively. 

As fully phased-in on January 1, 2019, Basel III subjects banks to the following risk-based capital requirements: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, plus a 2.5% capital conservation buffer, or 
7%; 

a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer, or 
8.5%; 

a minimum ratio of Total (Tier 1 plus Tier 2) capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, plus the capital 
conservation buffer, or 10.5%; and 

a minimum leverage ratio of 4%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to balance sheet exposures plus certain 
off-balance sheet exposures. 

The Basel III final framework provides for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for 
example, the requirement that mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets dependent upon future taxable income and 
significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such 
category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of CET1. Basel III also includes, as 
part of the definition of CET1 capital, a requirement that banking institutions include the amount of Additional Other 
Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”), which primarily consists of unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale 
securities, which are not required to be treated as other-than-temporary impairment, net of tax) in calculating regulatory 
capital. Banking institutions had the option to opt out of including AOCI in CET1 capital if they elected to do so in their 
first regulatory report following January 1, 2015. As permitted by Basel III, the Company and the Bank have elected to 
exclude AOCI from CET1. 

In addition, goodwill and most intangible assets are deducted from Tier 1 capital. For purposes of applicable total risk-
based capital regulatory guidelines, Tier 2 capital (sometimes referred to as “supplementary capital”) is defined to 
include, subject to limitations: perpetual preferred stock not included in Tier 1 capital, intermediate-term preferred stock 
and any related surplus, certain hybrid capital instruments, perpetual debt and mandatory convertible debt securities, 
allowances for loan and lease losses, and intermediate-term subordinated debt instruments. The maximum amount of 
qualifying Tier 2 capital is 100% of qualifying Tier 1 capital. For purposes of determining total capital under federal 
guidelines, total capital equals Tier 1 capital, plus qualifying Tier 2 capital, minus investments in unconsolidated 
subsidiaries, reciprocal holdings of bank holding company capital securities, and deferred tax assets and other 
deductions. 

Basel III changed the manner of calculating risk-weighted assets. New methodologies for determining risk-weighted 
assets in the general capital rules are included, including revisions to recognition of credit risk mitigation, including a 
greater recognition of financial collateral and a wider range of eligible guarantors. They also include risk weighting of 
equity exposures and past due loans; and higher (greater than 100%) risk weighting for certain commercial real estate 
exposures that have higher credit risk profiles, including higher loan to value and equity components. In particular, loans 
categorized as “high-volatility commercial real estate” loans (“HVCRE loans”), as defined pursuant to applicable federal 
regulations, are required to be assigned a 150% risk weighting, and require additional capital support. 

In addition to the uniform risk-based capital guidelines and regulatory capital ratios that apply across the industry, the 
regulators have the discretion to set individual minimum capital requirements for specific institutions at rates 
significantly above the minimum guidelines and ratios. Future changes in regulations or practices could further reduce 
the amount of capital recognized for purposes of capital adequacy. Such a change could affect our ability to grow and 
could restrict the amount of profits, if any, available for the payment of dividends. 

11 

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal banking agencies to adopt capital requirements that address the 
risks that the activities of an institution poses to the institution and the public and private stakeholders, including risks 
arising from certain enumerated activities. 

Basel III became applicable to the Bank on January 1, 2015. The Company meets the conditions of the FRB’s “Small 
Bank Holding Company Policy Statement” and is therefore currently excluded from consolidated capital requirements.  
Overall, the Corporation believes that implementation of the Basel III Rule has not had and will not have a material 
adverse effect on the Corporation’s or the Bank’s capital ratios, earnings, shareholder’s equity, or its ability to pay 
dividends, effect stock repurchases or pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. 

In December 2017, the Basel Committee published standards that it described as the finalization of the Basel III post-
crisis regulatory reforms (the standards are commonly referred to as “Basel IV”). Among other things, these standards 
revise the Basel Committee’s standardized approach for credit risk (including recalibrating risk weights and introducing 
new capital requirements for certain “unconditionally cancellable commitments,” such as unused credit card lines of 
credit) and provides a new standardized approach for operational risk capital. Under the Basel framework, these 
standards will generally be effective on January 1, 2022, with an aggregate output floor phasing in through January 1, 
2027. Under the current U.S. capital rules, operational risk capital requirements and a capital floor apply only to 
advanced approaches institutions, and not to the Company or the Bank. The impact of Basel IV on us will depend on the 
manner in which it is implemented by the federal bank regulators. 

In 2018, the federal bank regulatory agencies issued a variety of proposals and made statements concerning regulatory 
capital standards. These proposals touched on such areas as commercial real estate exposure, credit loss allowances 
under generally accepted accounting principles and capital requirements for covered swap entities, among others. Public 
statements by key agency officials have also suggested a revisiting of capital policy and supervisory approaches on a 
going-forward basis. In July 2019, the federal bank regulators adopted a final rule that simplifies the capital treatment for 
certain deferred tax assets, mortgage servicing assets, investments in non-consolidated financial entities and minority 
interests for banking organizations, such as the Company and the Bank, that are not subject to the advanced approaches 
requirements. We will be assessing the impact on us of these new regulations and supervisory approaches as they are 
proposed and implemented. 

In February 2019, the U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies approved a final rule modifying their regulatory capital rules 
and providing an option to phase-in over a three-year period the Day 1 adverse regulatory capital effects of CECL 
accounting standard. Additionally, in March 2020, the U.S. Federal bank regulatory agencies issued an interim final rule 
that provides banking organizations an option to delay the estimated CECL impact on regulatory capital for an additional 
two years for a total transition period of up to five years to provide regulatory relief to banking organizations to better 
focus on supporting lending to creditworthy households and businesses in light of recent strains on the U.S. economy as 
a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The capital relief in the interim is calibrated to approximate the difference in 
allowances under CECL relative to the incurred loss methodology for the first two years of the transition period using a 
25% scaling factor. The cumulative difference at the end of the second year of the transition period is then phased in to 
regulatory capital at 25% per year over a three-year transition period. The final rule was adopted and became effective in 
September 2020. As a result, entities may gradually phase in the full effect of CECL on regulatory capital over a five-
year transition period. The Company is not required to implement the CECL model until January 1, 2023. 

Prompt Corrective Action 

The federal banking regulators are required to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to capital-deficient 
institutions. Federal banking regulations define, for each capital category, the levels at which institutions are “well 
capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically 
undercapitalized.” Under applicable regulations, the Bank was “well capitalized,” which means it had a common equity 
Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.5% or higher; a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or higher; a total risk-based capital ratio of 
10.0% or higher; a leverage ratio of 5.0% or higher; and was not subject to any written agreement, order or directive 
requiring it to maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. 

12 

As noted above, Basel III integrates the capital requirements into the prompt corrective action category definitions. The 
following capital requirements have applied to the Bank since January 1, 2015. 

Capital Category 

Total Risk-Based 
Capital Ratio 

Well Capitalized  10% or greater 
Adequately 
Capitalized 

8% or greater 

Tier 1 Risk-
Based Capital 
Ratio 

Common Equity 
Tier 1 (CET1) 
Capital Ratio 

  Leverage Ratio 

Tangible Equity 
to Assets 

Supplemental 
Leverage Ratio 

  8% or greater    6.5% or greater 

  5% or greater 

  n/a 

  n/a 

  6% or greater    4.5% or greater 

  4% or greater 

  n/a 

  3% or greater 

Undercapitalized  Less than 8% 

  Less than 6%    Less than 4.5% 

  Less than 4% 

  n/a 

  Less than 3% 

Significantly 
Undercapitalized  Less than 6% 

Critically 
Undercapitalized  n/a 

  Less than 4%    Less than 3% 

  Less than 3% 

  n/a 

  n/a 

  n/a 

  n/a 

  n/a 

  Less than 2%    n/a 

As of December 31, 2020, the Bank was “well capitalized” according to the guidelines as generally discussed above. 

An institution may be downgraded to, or deemed to be in, a capital category that is lower than indicated by its capital 
ratios if it is determined to be in an unsafe or unsound condition or if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating 
with respect to certain matters. An institution’s capital category is determined solely for the purpose of applying prompt 
corrective action regulations, and the capital category may not constitute an accurate representation of the institution’s 
overall financial condition or prospects for other purposes. 

In the event an institution becomes “undercapitalized,” it must submit a capital restoration plan. The capital restoration 
plan will not be accepted by the regulators unless each company having control of the undercapitalized institution 
guarantees the subsidiary’s compliance with the capital restoration plan up to a certain specified amount. Any such 
guarantee from a depository institution’s holding company is entitled to a priority of payment in bankruptcy. The 
aggregate liability of the holding company of an undercapitalized bank is limited to the lesser of 5% of the institution’s 
assets at the time it became undercapitalized or the amount necessary to cause the institution to be “adequately 
capitalized.” The bank regulators have greater power in situations where an institution becomes “significantly” or 
“critically” undercapitalized or fails to submit a capital restoration plan. In addition to requiring undercapitalized 
institutions to submit a capital restoration plan, bank regulations contain broad restrictions on certain activities of 
undercapitalized institutions including asset growth, acquisitions, branch establishment and expansion into new lines of 
business. With certain exceptions, an insured depository institution is prohibited from making capital distributions, 
including dividends, and is prohibited from paying management fees to control persons if the institution would be 
undercapitalized after any such distribution or payment. 

As an institution’s capital decreases, the regulators’ enforcement powers become more severe. A significantly 
undercapitalized institution is subject to mandated capital raising activities, restrictions on interest rates paid and 
transactions with affiliates, removal of management, and other restrictions. A regulator has limited discretion in dealing 
with a critically undercapitalized institution and is virtually required to appoint a receiver or conservator. 

Banks with risk-based capital and leverage ratios below the required minimums may also be subject to certain 
administrative actions, including the termination of deposit insurance upon notice and hearing, or a temporary 
suspension of insurance without a hearing in the event the institution has no tangible capital. 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Safety and Soundness Standards 

The federal banking agencies have adopted guidelines designed to assist the federal banking agencies in identifying and 
addressing potential safety and soundness concerns before capital becomes impaired. The guidelines set forth operational 
and  managerial  standards  relating  to:  (i) internal  controls,  information  systems  and  internal  audit  systems;  (ii) loan 
documentation; (iii) credit underwriting; (iv) asset growth; (v) earnings; and (vi) compensation, fees and benefits. 

In addition, the federal banking agencies have also adopted safety and soundness guidelines with respect to asset quality 
and for evaluating and monitoring earnings to ensure that earnings are sufficient for the maintenance of adequate capital 
and reserves. These guidelines provide six standards for establishing and maintaining a system to identify problem assets 
and prevent those assets from deteriorating. Under these standards, an insured depository institution should: (i) conduct 
periodic asset quality reviews to identify problem assets; (ii) estimate the inherent losses in problem assets and establish 
reserves that are sufficient to absorb estimated losses; (iii) compare problem asset totals to capital; (iv) take appropriate 
corrective action to resolve problem assets; (v) consider the size and potential risks of material asset concentrations; and 
(vi) provide periodic asset quality reports with adequate information for management and the board of directors to assess 
the level of asset risk. 

Community Reinvestment Act 

The Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) requires the federal banking regulatory agencies to assess all financial 
institutions that they regulate to determine whether these institutions are meeting the credit needs of the communities 
they serve, including their assessment area(s) (as established for these purposes in accordance with applicable 
regulations based principally on the location of branch offices). In addition to substantial penalties and corrective 
measures that may be required for a violation of certain fair lending laws, the federal banking agencies may take 
compliance with such laws and CRA into account when regulating and supervising other activities. Under the CRA, 
institutions are assigned a rating of “outstanding,” “satisfactory,” “needs to improve,” or “unsatisfactory.” An 
institution’s record in meeting the requirements of the CRA is based on a performance-based evaluation system, and is 
made publicly available and is taken into consideration in evaluating any applications it files with federal regulators to 
engage in certain activities, including approval of a branch or other deposit facility, mergers and acquisitions, office 
relocations, or expansions into nonbanking activities. Our Bank received a “satisfactory” rating in its most recent CRA 
evaluation. 

In April 2018, the U.S. Department of Treasury issued a memorandum to the federal banking regulators recommending 
changes to the CRA’s regulations to reduce their complexity and associated burden on banks, and in December 2019, the 
FDIC and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) proposed for public comment rules to modernize 
the agencies' regulations under the CRA. The OCC adopted its final rules in May 2020, and, to date, the FDIC has not 
adopted revised rules. In September 2020, the FRB released for public comment its proposed rules to modernize CRA 
regulations. We will continue to evaluate the impact of any changes to the CRA regulations. 

Anti-Terrorism, Money Laundering Legislation and OFAC 

The  Bank  is  subject  to  the  Bank  Secrecy  Act  (“BSA”)  and  the  Uniting  and  Strengthening  America  by  Providing 
Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA Patriot Act”). These statutes and 
related rules and regulations impose requirements and limitations on specified financial transactions and accounts and 
other relationships intended to guard against money laundering and terrorism financing. The principal requirements for an 
insured depository institution include (i) establishment of an anti-money laundering program that includes training and 
audit components, (ii) establishment of a “know your customer” program involving due diligence to confirm the identities 
of persons seeking to open accounts and to deny accounts to those persons unable to demonstrate their identities, (iii) the 
filing of currency transaction reports for deposits and withdrawals of large amounts of cash and suspicious activities reports 
for activity that might signify money laundering, tax evasion, or other criminal activities, (iv) additional precautions for 
accounts sought and managed for non-U.S. persons and (v) verification and certification of money laundering risk with 
respect to private banking and foreign correspondent banking relationships. For many of these tasks a bank must keep 
records to be made available to its primary federal regulator. Anti-money laundering rules and policies are developed by 
a bureau within FinCEN, but compliance by individual institutions is overseen by its primary federal regulator. 

14 

The  Bank  has  established  appropriate  anti-money  laundering  and  customer  identification  programs.  The  Bank  also 
maintains records of cash purchases of negotiable instruments, files reports of certain cash transactions exceeding $10,000 
(daily  aggregate  amount),  and  reports  suspicious  activity  that  might  signify  money  laundering,  tax  evasion,  or  other 
criminal activities pursuant to the BSA. The Bank otherwise has implemented policies and procedures to comply with the 
foregoing requirements. 

The Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), administers and enforces economic and trade 
sanctions against targeted foreign countries and persons, as defined by various Executive Orders and Acts of Congress. 
OFAC publishes lists of persons that are the target of sanctions, including the List of Specially Designated Nationals and 
Blocked Persons. Financial institutions are responsible for, among other things, blocking accounts of and transactions with 
sanctioned persons and countries, prohibiting unlicensed trade and financial transactions with them and reporting blocked 
and rejected transactions after their occurrence. If the Company or the Bank finds a name or other information on any 
transaction, account or wire transfer that is on an OFAC list or that otherwise indicates that the transaction involves a 
target of sanctions, the Company or the Bank generally must freeze or block such account or transaction, file a suspicious 
activity report, and notify the appropriate authorities. Banking regulators examine banks for compliance with the economic 
sanctions regulations administered by OFAC. 

The Bank has implemented policies and procedures to comply with the foregoing requirements. 

Data Privacy and Cybersecurity 

The  GLB  Act  and  the  implementing  regulations  issued  by  federal  regulatory  agencies  require  financial  institutions 
(including banks,  insurance  agencies,  and broker/dealers) to  adopt  policies  and procedures  regarding  the disclosure  of 
nonpublic personal information about their customers to non-affiliated third parties. In general, financial institutions are 
required  to  explain  to  customers  their  policies  and  procedures  regarding  the  disclosure  of  such  nonpublic  personal 
information and, unless otherwise required or permitted by law, financial institutions are prohibited from disclosing such 
information except as provided in their policies and procedures. Specifically, the GLB Act established certain information 
security  guidelines  that  require  each  financial  institution,  under  the  supervision  and  ongoing  oversight  of  its  board  of 
directors or an appropriate committee thereof, to develop, implement, and maintain a comprehensive written information 
security program designed to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer information, to protect against anticipated 
threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such information, and to protect against unauthorized access to or use of 
such information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer. 

Recent  cyber-attacks  against  banks  and  other  financial  institutions  that  resulted  in  unauthorized  access  to  confidential 
customer information have prompted the federal banking regulators to issue extensive guidance on cybersecurity. Among 
other things, financial institutions are expected to design multiple layers of security controls to establish lines of defense 
and ensure that their risk management processes address the risks posed by compromised customer credentials, including 
security measures to authenticate customers accessing internet-based services. A financial institution also should have a 
robust business continuity program to recover from a cyberattack and procedures for monitoring the security of third-party 
service providers that may have access to nonpublic data at the institution. 

The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau 

The Dodd-Frank Act created the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), which is an independent bureau with 
broad authority to regulate the consumer finance industry, including regulated financial institutions, nonbanks and others 
involved  in  extending  credit  to  consumers.  The  CFPB  has  authority  through  rulemaking,  orders,  policy  statements, 
guidance, and enforcement actions to administer and enforce federal consumer financial laws, to oversee several entities 
and market segments not previously under the supervision of a federal regulator, and to impose its own regulations and 
pursue  enforcement  actions  when  it  determines  that  a  practice  is  unfair,  deceptive,  or  abusive.  The  federal  consumer 
financial laws and all the functions and responsibilities associated with them, many of which were previously enforced by 
other  federal  regulatory  agencies,  were  transferred  to  the  CFPB  on  July 21,  2011.  While  the  CFPB  has  the  power  to 
interpret, administer, and enforce federal consumer financial laws, the Dodd-Frank Act provides that the federal banking 
regulatory  agencies  continue  to  have  examination  and  enforcement  powers  over  the  financial  institutions  that  they 

15 

supervise relating to the matters within the jurisdiction of the CFPB if such institutions have less than $10 billion in assets. 
The Dodd-Frank Act also gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce federal consumer protection laws. 

Mortgage Loan Origination 

The  Dodd-Frank  Act  authorizes  the  CFPB  to  establish  certain  minimum  standards  for  the  origination  of  residential 
mortgages, including a determination of the borrower’s ability to repay. Under the Dodd-Frank Act and the implementing 
final rule adopted by the CFPB, or the ATR/QM Rule, a financial institution may not make a residential mortgage loan to 
a consumer unless it first makes a “reasonable and good faith determination” that the consumer has a “reasonable ability” 
to  repay  the  loan.  In  addition,  the  ATR/QM  Rule  limits  prepayment  penalties  and  permits  borrowers  to  raise  certain 
defenses  to  foreclosure  if  they  receive  any  loan  other  than  a  “qualified  mortgage,”  as  defined  by  the  CFPB.  For  this 
purpose, the ATR/QM Rule defines a “qualified mortgage” to include a loan with a borrower debt-to-income ratio of less 
than or equal to 43% or, alternatively, a loan eligible for purchase by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac while they operate under 
federal  conservatorship  or  receivership,  and  loans  eligible  for  insurance  or  guarantee  by  the  Federal  Housing 
Administration, Veterans Administration, or United States Department of Agriculture. Additionally, a qualified mortgage 
may not: (i) contain excess upfront points and fees; (ii) have a term greater than 30 years; or (iii) include interest only or 
negative amortization payments. The ATR/QM Rule specifies the types of income and assets that may be considered in 
the ability-to-repay determination, the permissible sources for verification, and the required methods of calculating the 
loan’s monthly payments. The ATR/QM Rule became effective in January 2014. 

The Regulatory Relief Act provides that for certain insured depository institutions and insured credit unions with less than 
$10 billion in total consolidated assets, mortgage loans that are originated and retained in portfolio will automatically be 
deemed to satisfy the “ability to repay” requirement. To qualify for this, the insured depository institutions and credit 
unions must meet conditions relating to prepayment penalties, points and fees, negative amortization, interest-only features 
and documentation. 

The  Regulatory  Relief  Act  directs  Federal  banking  agencies  to  issue  regulations  exempting  certain  insured  depository 
institutions and insured credit unions with assets of $10 billion or less from the requirement to establish escrow accounts 
for certain residential mortgage loans. 

Insured depository institutions and insured credit unions that originated fewer than 500 closed-end mortgage loans or 500 
open-end lines of credit in each of the two preceding years are exempt from a subset of disclosure requirements (recently 
imposed  by  the  CFPB)  under  the  Home  Mortgage  Disclosure  Act  (“HMDA”),  provided  they  have  received  certain 
minimum CRA ratings in their most recent examinations. 

The  Regulatory  Relief  Act  also directs  the Comptroller of  the Currency to  conduct  a  study  assessing the  effect of  the 
exemption described above on the amount of HMDA data available at the national and local level. 

In addition, Section 941 of the Dodd-Frank Act amended the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange 
Act”) to require sponsors of asset-backed securities (“ABS”) to retain at least 5% of the credit risk of the assets underlying 
the securities and generally prohibits sponsors from transferring or hedging that credit risk. In October 2014, the federal 
banking regulatory agencies adopted a final rule to implement this requirement (the “Risk Retention Rule”). Among other 
things, the Risk Retention Rule requires a securitizer to retain not less than 5% of the credit risk of any asset that the 
securitizer, through the issuance of an ABS, transfers, sells, or conveys to a third party; and prohibits a securitizer from 
directly or indirectly hedging or otherwise transferring the credit risk that the securitizer is required to retain. In certain 
situations, the final rule allows securitizers to allocate a portion of the risk retention requirement to the originator(s) of the 
securitized assets, if an originator contributes at least 20% of the assets in the securitization. The Risk Retention Rule also 
provides an exemption to the risk retention requirements for an ABS collateralized exclusively by Qualified Residential 
Mortgages (“QRMs”), and ties the definition of a QRM to the definition of a “qualified mortgage” established by the 
CFPB for purposes of evaluating a consumer’s ability to repay a mortgage loan. The federal banking agencies have agreed 
to review the definition of QRMs in 2019, following the CFPB’s own review of its “qualified mortgage” regulation. For 
purposes of residential mortgage securitizations, the Risk Retention Rule took effect on December 24, 2015. For all other 
securitizations, the rule took effect on December 24, 2016. 

16 

Other Provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act 

The Dodd-Frank Act implements far-reaching changes across the financial regulatory landscape. In addition to the reforms 
previously mentioned, the Dodd-Frank Act also: 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

requires BHCs and banks to be both well capitalized and well managed in order to acquire banks located outside 
their home state and requires any BHC electing to be treated as a financial holding company to be both well 
managed and well capitalized; 

eliminates all remaining restrictions on interstate banking by authorizing national and state banks to establish de 
novo branches in any state that would permit a bank chartered in that state to open a branch at that location; and 

repeals Regulation Q, the federal prohibition on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting 
depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts. 

Although a significant number of the rules and regulations mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act have been finalized, many of 
the requirements called for have yet to be implemented and will likely be subject to implementing regulations over the 
course of several years. Given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act 
will  be  implemented  by  the  various  agencies,  the  full  extent  of  the  impact  such  requirements  will  have  on  financial 
institutions’ operations is unclear. 

Other Laws and Regulations 

Our  operations  are  subject  to  several  additional  laws,  some  of  which  are  specific  to  banking  and  others  of  which  are 
applicable to commercial operations generally. For example, with respect to our lending practices, we are subject to the 
following laws and regulations, among several others: 

(cid:120)  Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers; 

(cid:120)  HMDA,  requiring  financial  institutions  to  provide  information  to  enable  the  public  and  public  officials  to 
determine  whether  a  financial  institution  is  fulfilling  its  obligation  to  help  meet  the  housing  needs  of  the 
community it serves; 

(cid:120)  Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed, or other prohibited factors 

in extending credit; 

(cid:120)  Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1978, as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, governing the 
use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies, certain identity theft protections, and certain credit 
and other disclosures; 

(cid:120)  Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, governing how consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies; 

(cid:120)  Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, requiring certain disclosures concerning loan closing costs and escrows, 
and governing transfers of loan servicing and the amounts of escrows for loans secured by one-to-four family 
residential properties; 

(cid:120)  Rules and regulations established by the National Flood Insurance Program; 

(cid:120)  Rules  and  regulations  of  the  various  federal  agencies  charged  with  the  responsibility  of  implementing  these 

federal laws. 

17 

 
Our deposit operations are subject to federal laws applicable to depository accounts, including: 

(cid:120)  Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records 

and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records; 

(cid:120)  Truth-In-Savings Act, requiring certain disclosures for consumer deposit accounts; 

(cid:120)  Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E of the FRB, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals 
from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and 
other electronic banking services; and 

(cid:120)  Rules  and  regulations  of  the  various  federal  agencies  charged  with  the  responsibility  of  implementing  these 

federal laws. 

We are also subject to a variety of laws and regulations that are not limited to banking organizations. For example, in 
lending  to  commercial  and  consumer  borrowers,  and  in  owning  and  operating  our  own  property,  we  are  subject  to 
regulations and potential liabilities under state and federal environmental laws. In addition, we must comply with privacy 
and data security laws and regulations at both the federal and state level. 

We are heavily regulated by regulatory agencies at the federal and state levels. Like most of our competitors, we have 
faced and expect to continue to face increased regulation and regulatory and political scrutiny, which creates significant 
uncertainty for us, as well as for the financial services industry in general. 

Enforcement Powers 

The federal regulatory agencies have substantial penalties available to use against depository institutions and certain 
“institution-affiliated parties.” Institution-affiliated parties primarily include management, employees, and agents of a 
financial institution, as well as independent contractors and consultants, such as attorneys, accountants, and others who 
participate in the conduct of the financial institution’s affairs. An institution can be subject to an enforcement action due 
to the failure to timely file required reports, the filing of false or misleading information, or the submission of inaccurate 
reports, or engaging in other unsafe or unsound banking practices. Civil penalties may be as high as $1,924,589 per day 
for violations. 

The Financial Institution Reform Recovery and Enforcement Act provided regulators with greater flexibility to 
commence enforcement actions against institutions and institution-affiliated parties and to terminate an institution’s 
deposit insurance. It also expanded the power of banking regulatory agencies to issue regulatory orders. Such orders 
may, among other things, require affirmative action to correct any harm resulting from a violation or practice, including 
restitution, reimbursement, indemnification, or guarantees against loss. A financial institution may also be ordered to 
restrict its growth, dispose of certain assets, rescind agreements or contracts, or take other actions as determined by the 
ordering agency to be appropriate. The Dodd-Frank Act increases regulatory oversight, supervision and examination of 
banks, BHCs, and their respective subsidiaries by the appropriate regulatory agency. 

Federal Securities Laws 

The shares of the Company’s common stock are registered with the SEC under Section 12(b) of the Act and listed on the 
NASDAQ  Global  Select  Market.  The  Company  is  subject  to  information  reporting  requirements,  proxy  solicitation 
requirements, insider trading restrictions and other requirements of the Exchange Act, including the requirements imposed 
under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC. Among other things, loans to 
and other transactions with insiders are subject to restrictions and heightened disclosure, directors and certain committees 
of the Board must satisfy certain independence requirements, and the Company is generally required to comply with certain 
corporate governance requirements. 

18 

Governmental Monetary and Credit Policies and Economic Controls 

The earnings and growth of the banking industry and ultimately of the Company are affected by the monetary and credit 
policies of governmental  authorities,  including  the  FRB. An  important function of  the  FRB  is  to  regulate  the national 
supply  of  bank  credit  in  order  to  control  recessionary  and  inflationary  pressures.  Among  the  instruments  of  monetary 
policy used by the FRB to implement these objectives are open market operations in U.S. Government securities, changes 
in the federal funds rate, changes in the discount rate of member bank borrowings, and changes in reserve requirements 
against member bank deposits. These means are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth of bank loans, 
investments and deposits and may also affect interest rates charged on loans or paid for deposits. The monetary policies 
of  the  FRB  authorities  have  had  a  significant  effect  on  the  operating  results  of  commercial  banks  in  the  past  and  are 
expected to continue to have such an effect in the future. In view of changing conditions in the national economy and in 
the money markets, as well as the effect of actions by monetary and fiscal authorities, including the FRB, no prediction 
can be made as to possible future changes in interest rates, deposit levels, loan demand or their effect on the business and 
earnings of the Company and its subsidiaries. 

AVAILABLE INFORMATION 

The Company maintains an Internet site at www.shorebancshares.com on which it makes available, free of charge, its 
Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to the 
foregoing as soon as reasonably practicable after these reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. In 
addition, stockholders may access these reports and documents on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov . The information 
on, or accessible through, our website or any other website cited in this Annual Report on Form 10-K is not part of, or 
incorporated by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K and should not be relied upon in determining whether to 
make an investment decision. 

Item 1A.      RISK FACTORS. 

An investment in our common stock involves significant risks. You should consider carefully the risk factors included 
below together with all of the information included in or incorporated by reference into this annual report, as the same 
may be updated from time to time by our future filings with the SEC under the Exchange Act, before making a decision 
to invest in our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks 
and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also have a material adverse effect 
on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If any of the matters included in the following information 
about risk factors were to occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects could be 
materially and adversely affected. In such case, you may lose all or a substantial part of your investment. To the extent 
that  any  of  the  information  contained  in  this  document  constitutes  forward-looking  statements,  the  risk  factors  below 
should  be  reviewed  as  cautionary  statements  identifying  important  factors  that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ 
materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf. See “Cautionary note 
regarding forward-looking statements.” 

Risks Relating to Our Business 

Changes in U.S. or regional economic conditions could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition 
or results of operations. 

Our business and operations, which primarily consist of lending money to clients in the form of loans, borrowing money 
from clients in the form of deposits and investing in securities, are sensitive to general business and economic conditions 
in the United States. The effect of COVID-19 has already impacted our results and it is entirely uncertain how the crisis 
will be resolved. If the U.S. economy further weakens, our growth and the profitability from our lending, deposit and 
investment operations could be constrained. Uncertainty about the federal fiscal policymaking process, the medium- and 
long-term fiscal outlook of the federal government and future tax rates is a concern for businesses, consumers and investors 
in the United States. The COVID-19 pandemic has further complicated the economic picture and drove unemployment to 
multi decade highs while raising the fear of inflation. 

19 

 
 
Weak  economic  conditions  are  characterized by numerous factors,  including  deflation,  fluctuations  in debt  and  equity 
capital  markets,  a  lack  of  liquidity  and  depressed  prices  in  the  secondary  market  for  mortgage  loans,  increased 
delinquencies on mortgage, consumer and commercial loans, residential and commercial real estate price declines and 
lower home sales and commercial activity. The current economic environment is characterized by interest rates at near 
historically low levels, which may impact our ability to attract deposits and to generate attractive earnings through our 
loan and investment portfolios. 
All of these factors can individually or in the aggregate be detrimental to our business, and the interplay between these 
factors  can  be  complex  and  unpredictable.  Adverse  economic  conditions  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

A  majority  of  our  business  is  concentrated  in  Maryland  and  Delaware,  a  significant  amount  of  which  is 
concentrated in real estate lending, so a decline in the local economy and real estate markets could adversely impact 
our financial condition and results of operations. 

Because most of our loans are made to customers who reside on the Eastern Shore of Maryland and in Delaware, a decline 
in local economic conditions may have a greater effect on our earnings and capital than on the earnings and capital of 
larger financial institutions whose loan portfolios are geographically diverse. Further, a significant portion of our loan 
portfolio is secured by real estate, including construction and land development loans, all of which are in greater demand 
when interest rates are low and economic conditions are good. Accordingly, a decline in local economic conditions would 
likely have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations, and the impact on us would likely be 
greater than the impact felt by larger financial institutions whose loan portfolios are geographically diverse. The Company 
has made strides to make our loan portfolio more diverse by expanding its footprint closer to the metropolitan area of 
Baltimore which during the last recession rebounded at a much faster pace than the more rural areas of Maryland. We 
cannot guarantee that any risk management practices that we implement to address our geographic and loan concentrations 
will be effective in preventing losses relating to our loan portfolio. 

Our concentrations of commercial real estate loans could subject us to increased regulatory scrutiny and directives, 
which could force us to preserve or raise capital and/or limit our future commercial lending activities. 

The  FRB  and  the  FDIC,  along  with  the  other  federal  banking  regulators,  issued  guidance  in  December 2006  entitled 
“Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending, Sound Risk Management Practices” directed at institutions that have 
particularly high concentrations of commercial real estate loans within their lending portfolios. This guidance suggests 
that these institutions face a heightened risk of financial difficulties in the event of adverse changes in the economy and 
commercial  real  estate  markets.  Accordingly,  the  guidance  suggests  that  institutions  whose  concentrations  exceed 
certain percentages of capital should implement heightened risk management practices appropriate to their concentration 
risk. Federal bank regulatory guidelines identify institutions potentially exposed to commercial real estate concentration 
risk as those that have (i) experienced rapid growth in commercial real estate lending, (ii) notable exposure to a specific 
type  of  commercial  real  estate,  (iii) total  reported  loans  for  construction,  land  development  and  other  land  loans 
representing 100% or more of the institution’s capital, or (iv) total commercial real estate loans representing 300% or more 
of the institution’s capital if the outstanding balance of the institution’s commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased 
50% or more during the prior 36 months. The guidance provides that banking regulators may require such institutions to 
reduce their concentrations and/or maintain higher capital ratios than institutions with lower concentrations in commercial 
real estate. Due to our emphasis on commercial real estate and construction lending, as of December 31, 2020, non-owner-
occupied commercial real estate loans (including construction, land and land development loans) represented 307.3% of 
total risk-based capital. Construction, land and land development loans represent 54.8% of total risk-based capital. The 
commercial  real  estate  portfolio  has  increased  53.5%  during  the  prior  36 months.  We  may  be  subject  to  heightened 
supervisory scrutiny during future examinations and/or be required to maintain higher levels of capital as a result of our 
commercial  real  estate  concentrations,  which  could  require  us  to  obtain  additional  capital,  and  may  adversely  affect 
shareholder returns. Management cannot predict the extent to which this guidance will impact our operations or capital 
requirements.  Further,  we  cannot  guarantee  that  any  risk  management  practices  we  implement  will  be  effective  in 
preventing losses resulting from concentrations in our commercial real estate portfolio. 

20 

 
Interest rates and other economic conditions will impact our results of operations. 

Our results of operations may be materially and adversely affected by changes in prevailing economic conditions, including 
declines in real estate values, rapid changes in interest rates and the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government. 
Our results of operations are significantly impacted by the spread between the interest rates earned on assets and the interest 
rates paid on deposits and other interest-bearing liabilities (i.e., net interest income), including advances from the Federal 
Home Loan Bank (the “FHLB”) of Atlanta. Interest rate risk arises from mismatches (i.e., the interest sensitivity gap) 
between the dollar amount of repricing or maturing assets and liabilities. If more assets reprice or mature than liabilities 
during a falling interest rate environment, then our earnings could be negatively impacted. Conversely, if more liabilities 
reprice or mature than assets during a rising interest rate environment, then our earnings could be negatively impacted. 
Changes  in  market  interest  rates  are  affected by many factors beyond  our  control,  including  inflation,  unemployment, 
money supply, international events, and events in world financial markets. Changes in interest rates, particularly by the 
FRB, which implements national monetary policy in order to mitigate recessionary and inflationary pressures, also affect 
the  value  of  our  loans.  In  setting  its  policy,  the  FRB  may  utilize  techniques  such  as:  (i) engaging  in  open  market 
transactions  in  United  States  government  securities;  (ii) setting  the  discount  rate  on  member  bank  borrowings;  and 
(iii) determining reserve requirements. These techniques may have an adverse effect on our deposit levels, net interest 
margin,  loan  demand  or  our  business  and  operations.  In  addition,  an  increase  in  interest  rates  could  adversely  affect 
borrowers’ ability to pay the principal or interest on existing loans or reduce their desire to borrow more money. This may 
lead to an increase in our nonperforming assets, a decrease in loan originations, or a reduction in the value of and income 
from our loans, any of which could have a material and negative effect on our results of operations. 

The  Bank  may  experience  credit  losses  in  excess  of  its  allowances,  which  would  adversely  impact  our  financial 
condition and results of operations. 

The risk of credit losses on loans varies with, among other things, general economic conditions, the type of loan being 
made, the creditworthiness of the borrower over the term of the loan and, in the case of a collateralized loan, the value and 
marketability of the collateral for the loan. Management at the Bank bases the allowance for credit losses upon, among 
other things, historical experience, an evaluation of economic conditions and regular reviews of delinquencies and loan 
portfolio quality. If management’s assumptions and judgments prove to be incorrect and the allowance for credit losses is 
inadequate to absorb future losses, or if the bank regulatory authorities, as a part of their examination process, require the 
Bank to increase its allowance for credit losses, our earnings and capital could be significantly and adversely affected. We 
estimate losses inherent in our loan portfolio, the adequacy of our allowance for credit losses and the values of certain 
assets by using estimates based on difficult, subjective, and complex judgments, including estimates as to the effects of 
economic conditions and how those economic conditions might affect the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans or 
the value of assets.Material additions to the allowance for credit losses at the Bank would result in a decrease in the Bank’s 
net income and capital and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. 

Our investment securities portfolio is subject to credit risk, market risk and liquidity risk. 

As of December 31, 2020, we had classified 68.0% of our debt securities as available-for-sale pursuant to the Accounting 
Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 320 (“ASC 320”) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) relating 
to accounting for investments. ASC 320 requires that unrealized gains and losses in the estimated value of the available-
for-sale portfolio be “marked to market” and reflected as a separate item in stockholders’ equity (net of tax) as accumulated 
other comprehensive income (loss). The remaining debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity in accordance with 
ASC 320 and are stated at amortized cost. Equity securities with readily determinable fair values are recorded at fair value 
with changes in fair value recorded in earnings.Stockholders’ equity will continue to reflect the unrealized gains and losses 
(net of tax) of these investments. There can be no assurance that the market value of our investment portfolio will not 
decline, causing a corresponding decline in stockholders’ equity. 

The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Atlanta and our investments include stock issued by the FHLB of Atlanta. These 
investments could be subject to future impairment charges and there can be no guaranty of future dividends. 

Management  believes  that  several  factors  will  affect  the  market  values  of  our  investment  portfolio.  These  risk  factors 
include, but are not limited to, rating agency downgrades of the securities, defaults of the issuers of the securities, lack of 

21 

market pricing of the securities, and instability in the credit markets. Lack of market activity with respect to some securities 
has, in certain circumstances, required us to base our fair market valuation on unobservable inputs. Any changes in these 
risk factors, in current accounting principles or interpretations of these principles could impact our assessment of fair value 
and  thus  the  determination of other-than-temporary  impairment of  the  securities  in  the  investment  securities portfolio. 
Write-downs of investment securities would negatively affect our earnings and regulatory capital ratios. 

Impairment of investment securities, goodwill, other intangible assets, or deferred tax assets could require charges 
to earnings, which could result in a negative impact on our results of operations. 

We are required to record a non-cash charge to earnings when management determines that an investment security is other-
than-temporarily  impaired.  In  assessing  whether  the  impairment  of  investment  securities  is  other-than-temporary, 
management considers the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition 
and near-term prospects of the issuer, and the intent and ability to retain our investment in the security for a period of time 
sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value in the near term. 

Under current accounting standards, goodwill is not amortized but, instead, is subject to impairment tests on at least an 
annual basis or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that reduce the fair value of a reporting unit 
below its carrying amount. Intangible assets other than goodwill are also subject to impairment tests at least annually. A 
decline in the price of the Company’s common stock or occurrence of a triggering event following any of our quarterly 
earnings releases and prior to the filing of the periodic report for that period could, under certain circumstances, cause us 
to perform goodwill and other intangible assets impairment tests and result in an impairment charge being recorded for 
that period which was not reflected in such earnings release. In the event that we conclude that all or a portion of our 
goodwill  or  other  intangible  assets  may  be  impaired,  a  non-cash  charge  for  the  amount  of  such  impairment  would  be 
recorded to earnings. At December 31, 2020, we had recorded goodwill of $17.5 million and other intangible assets of 
$1.7 million, representing approximately 9.0% and 0.9% of stockholders’ equity, respectively. 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some 
portion  or  all of  the deferred  tax  assets will  not be realized. Assessing the  need for, or  the  sufficiency of,  a valuation 
allowance requires management to evaluate all available evidence, both negative and positive, including the recent trend 
of  quarterly  earnings.  Positive  evidence  necessary  to  overcome  the  negative  evidence  includes  whether  future  taxable 
income in sufficient amounts and character within the carryback and carryforward periods is available under the tax law, 
including the use of tax planning strategies. When negative evidence (e.g., cumulative losses in recent years, history of 
operating loss or tax credit carry forwards expiring unused) exists, more positive evidence than negative evidence will be 
necessary.  At  December 31,  2020,  our  deferred  tax  assets  were  approximately  $6.1  million.  There  was  a  valuation 
allowance for deferred taxes of $169 thousand recorded at December 31, 2020 on the parent company as management 
believes it is more likely than not that the losses in the current year will not be realized for state income tax purposes. 

Changes  in  accounting  standards  or  interpretation  of  new  or  existing  standards  may  affect  how  we  report  our 
financial condition and results of operations. 

From  time  to  time  the  FASB  and  the  SEC  change  accounting  regulations  and  reporting  standards  that  govern  the 
preparation  of  the  Company’s  financial  statements.  In  addition,  the  FASB,  SEC,  bank  regulators  and  the  outside 
independent  auditors  may  revise  their  previous  interpretations  regarding  existing  accounting  regulations  and  the 
application of these accounting standards. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how to record 
and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, there could be a requirement to apply a new or 
revised accounting standard retroactively, resulting in the restatement of prior period financial statements. 

Our future success will depend on our ability to compete effectively in the highly competitive financial services 
industry. 

We face substantial competition in all phases of our operations from a variety of different competitors. We compete with 
commercial banks, credit unions, savings and loan associations, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, 
securities brokerage firms, money market funds and other mutual funds, as well as other local and community, super-
regional, national and international financial institutions that operate offices in our primary market areas and elsewhere. 

22 

Our  future  growth  and  success  will  depend  on  our  ability  to  compete  effectively  in  this  highly  competitive  financial 
services environment. Failure to compete effectively to attract new or to retain existing, clients may reduce or limit our 
net income and our market share and may adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and growth. 

Our funding sources may prove insufficient to replace deposits and support our future growth. 

We rely on  customer deposits,  advances from  the  FHLB,  and  lines  of  credit  at  other  financial  institutions  to  fund  our 
operations. Although we have historically been able to replace maturing deposits and advances if desired, no assurance 
can be given that we would be able to replace such funds in the future if our financial condition or the financial condition 
of the FHLB or market conditions were to change. Our financial flexibility will be severely constrained and/or our cost of 
funds will increase if we are unable to maintain our access to funding or if financing necessary to accommodate future 
growth is not available at favorable interest rates. Finally, if we are required to place greater reliance on more expensive 
funding sources to support future growth, our revenues may not increase proportionately to cover our costs. In this case, 
our profitability would be adversely affected. 

The loss of key personnel could disrupt our operations and result in reduced earnings. 

Our growth and profitability will depend upon our ability to attract and retain skilled managerial, marketing and technical 
personnel. Competition for qualified personnel in the financial services industry is intense, and there can be no assurance 
that  we  will  be  successful  in  attracting  and  retaining  such  personnel.  Our  current  executive  officers  provide  valuable 
services  based  on  their  many years of  experience  and  in-depth knowledge  of  the banking  industry. Due  to  the  intense 
competition for financial professionals, these key personnel would be difficult to replace and an unexpected loss of their 
services could result in a disruption to the continuity of operations and a possible reduction in earnings. 

The cost savings that we estimate for mergers and acquisitions may not be realized. 

The success of our mergers and acquisitions may depend, in part, on the ability to realize the estimated cost savings from 
combining the acquired businesses with our existing operations. It is possible that the potential cost savings could turn out 
to  be  more difficult  to  achieve  than  anticipated.  The  cost  savings  estimates  also  depend on  the  ability  to  combine the 
businesses in a manner that permits those cost savings to be realized. If the estimates turn out to be incorrect or there is an 
inability to combine successfully, the anticipated cost savings may not be realized fully or at all or may take longer to 
realize than expected. 

Combining acquired businesses with the Bank may be more difficult, costly, or time-consuming than expected, or 
could result in the loss of customers. 

It is possible that the process of merger integration of acquired companies could result in the loss of key employees, the 
disruption of ongoing business or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies that adversely affect the 
ability  to  maintain  relationships  with  clients  and  employees  or  to  achieve  the  anticipated  benefits  of  the  merger  or 
acquisition. There also may be disruptions that cause the Bank to lose customers or cause customers to withdraw their 
deposits. Customers may not readily accept changes to their banking arrangements or other customer relationships after 
the merger or acquisition. 

Our lending activities subject us to the risk of environmental liabilities. 

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property. During the ordinary course of business, we may 
foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances 
could be found on these properties. If hazardous or toxic substances are found, we may be liable for remediation costs, as 
well as for personal injury and property damage. 

Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses and may materially reduce the affected property’s value 
or  limit  our  ability  to  use  or  sell  the  affected  property.  In  addition,  future  laws  or  more  stringent  interpretations  of 
enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental liability. Although we have 
policies and procedures to perform an environmental review before initiating any foreclosure action on real property, these 

23 

reviews may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial 
liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and 
results of operations. 

We may be subject to other adverse claims. 

We may from time to time be subject to claims from customers for losses due to alleged breaches of fiduciary duties, errors 
and omissions of employees, officers and agents, incomplete documentation, the failure to comply with applicable laws 
and regulations, or many other reasons. Also, our employees may knowingly or unknowingly violate laws and regulations. 
Management may not be aware of any violations until after their occurrence. This lack of knowledge may not insulate us 
or our subsidiary from liability. Claims and legal actions may result in legal expenses and liabilities that may reduce our 
profitability and hurt our financial condition. 

We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and counterparties and our financial 
condition could be adversely affected if we rely on misleading information. 

In deciding whether to extend credit or to enter into other transactions with customers and counterparties, we may rely on 
information  furnished  to  us  by  or  on  behalf  of  customers  and  counterparties,  including  financial  statements  and  other 
financial  information,  which  we  do  not  independently  verify.  We  also  may  rely  on  representations  of  customers  and 
counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports 
of independent auditors. For example, in deciding whether to extend credit to customers, we may assume that a customer’s 
audited financial statements conform with U.S. GAAP and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition, 
results of operations and cash flows of the customer. Our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively 
impacted to the extent we rely on financial statements that do not comply with GAAP or are materially misleading. 

Our exposure to operational, technological and organizational risk may adversely affect us. 

We are exposed to many types of operational risks, including reputation, legal and compliance risk, the risk of fraud or 
theft by employees or outsiders, unauthorized transactions by employees or operational errors, clerical or record-keeping 
errors, and errors resulting from faulty or disabled computer or telecommunications systems. 

Certain  errors  may  be  repeated  or  compounded  before  they  are  discovered  and  successfully  rectified.  Our  necessary 
dependence upon automated systems to record and process transactions may further increase the risk that technical system 
flaws or employee tampering or manipulation of those systems will result in losses that are difficult to detect. We may 
also be subject to disruptions of our operating systems arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond our control 
(for example, computer viruses or electrical or telecommunications outages), which may give rise to disruption of service 
to customers and to financial loss or liability. We are further exposed to the risk that our external vendors may be unable 
to fulfill their contractual obligations (or will be subject to the same risk of fraud or operational errors by their respective 
employees as are we) and to the risk that our (or our vendors’) business continuity and data security systems prove to be 
inadequate. 

Our information systems may experience an interruption or breach in security. 

We  rely  heavily  on  communications  and  information  systems  to  conduct  our  business.  We,  our  customers,  and  other 
financial  institutions  with  which  we  interact,  are  subject  to  ongoing,  continuous  attempts  to  penetrate  key  systems  by 
individual  hackers, organized  criminals,  and  in  some  cases,  state-sponsored organizations. Any  failure,  interruption  or 
breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in our customer relationship management, general 
ledger, deposit, loan and other systems, misappropriation of funds, and theft of proprietary Company or customer data. 
The occurrence of any failure, interruption or security breach of our information systems could damage our reputation, 
result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possible 
financial liability. 

24 

Security breaches and other disruptions could compromise our information and expose us to liability, which would 
cause our business and reputation to suffer. 

In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store sensitive data, including intellectual property, our proprietary 
business information and that of our customers, suppliers and business partners, and personally identifiable information of 
our  customers  and  employees,  in  our  data  centers  and  on  our  networks.  The  secure  processing,  maintenance  and 
transmission  of  this  information  is  critical  to  our  operations  and business  strategy. Despite  our  security  measures, our 
information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or breached due to employee error, 
malfeasance or other disruptions. Any such breach could compromise our networks and the information stored there could 
be accessed, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. Any such access, disclosure or other loss of information could result in legal 
claims  or  proceedings,  liability  under  laws  that  protect  the  privacy  of  personal  information,  and  regulatory  penalties, 
disrupt our operations and the services we provide to customers, damage our reputation, and cause a loss of confidence in 
our products and services, which could adversely affect our business, revenues and competitive position. 

Our reliance on third party vendors could expose us to additional cyber risk and liability. 

The operation of our business involves outsourcing of certain business functions and reliance on third-party providers, 
which may result in transmission and maintenance of personal, confidential, and proprietary information to and by such 
vendors.  Although  we  require  third-party  providers  to  maintain  certain  levels  of  information  security,  such  providers 
remain  vulnerable  to  breaches,  unauthorized  access,  misuse,  computer  viruses,  or  other  malicious  attacks  that  could 
ultimately compromise sensitive information possessed by our  company. Although we contract to limit our liability in 
connection with attacks against third-party providers, we remain exposed to risk of loss associated with such vendors. 

We  outsource  certain  aspects  of  our  data  processing  to  certain  third-party  providers  which  may  expose  us  to 
additional risk. 

We outsource certain key aspects of our data processing to certain third-party providers. While we have selected these 
third-party providers carefully, we cannot control their actions. If our third-party providers encounter difficulties, including 
those which result from their failure to provide services for any reason or their poor performance of services, or if we have 
difficulty in communicating with them, our ability to adequately process and account for customer transactions could be 
affected, and our business operations could be adversely impacted. Replacing these third-party providers could also entail 
significant delay and expense. 

Our third-party providers may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing schemes and other security 
breaches. Threats to information security also exist in the processing of customer information through various other third-
party providers and their personnel. We may be required to expend significant additional resources to protect against the 
threat of such security breaches and computer viruses, or to alleviate problems caused by such security breaches or viruses. 
To  the  extent  that  the  activities  of  our  third-party  providers  or  the  activities  of  our  customers  involve  the  storage  and 
transmission of confidential information, security breaches and viruses could expose us to claims, regulatory scrutiny, 
litigation and other possible liabilities. 

We are dependent on our information technology and telecommunications systems and third-party servicers, and 
systems failures, interruptions or breaches of security could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and 
results of operations. 

Our  business  is  highly  dependent  on  the  successful  and  uninterrupted  functioning  of  our  information  technology  and 
telecommunications systems and third-party servicers. We outsource many of our major systems, such as data processing 
and deposit processing systems. The failure of these systems, or the termination of a third-party software license or service 
agreement on which any of these systems is based, could interrupt our operations. Because our information technology 
and telecommunications systems interface with and depend on third-party systems, we could experience service denials if 
demand for such services exceeds capacity or such third-party systems fail or experience interruptions. If sustained or 
repeated,  a  system  failure  or  service  denial  could  result  in  a  deterioration  of  our  ability  to  provide  customer  service, 
compromise our ability to operate effectively, damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business and/or subject 

25 

us to additional regulatory scrutiny and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on 
our financial condition and results of operations. 

In  addition,  we  provide  our  customers  the  ability  to  bank  remotely,  including  online  over  the  Internet.  The  secure 
transmission  of  confidential  information  is  a  critical  element  of  remote  banking.  Our  network  could  be  vulnerable  to 
unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing schemes, spam attacks, human error, natural disasters, power loss and 
other security breaches. We may be required to spend significant capital and other resources to protect against the threat 
of security breaches and computer viruses, or to alleviate problems caused by security breaches or viruses. Further, we 
outsource  some  of  the  data  processing  functions  used  for  remote  banking,  and  accordingly  we  are  dependent  on  the 
expertise and performance of our third-party providers. To the extent that our activities, the activities of our customers, or 
the activities of our third-party service providers involve the storage and transmission of confidential information, security 
breaches and viruses could expose us to claims, litigation and other possible liabilities. Any inability to prevent security 
breaches or computer viruses could also cause existing customers to lose confidence in our systems and could adversely 
affect  our  reputation,  results of operations and  ability  to attract  and  maintain  customers  and businesses.  In  addition,  a 
security breach could also subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, expose us to civil litigation and possible financial 
liability and cause reputational damage. 

Technological changes affect our business, and we may have fewer resources than many competitors to invest in 
technological improvements. 

Our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to use technology to provide products and services that provide 
convenience to customers and to create additional efficiencies in operations. We may need to make significant additional 
capital investments in technology in the future, and we may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven 
products and services.  

Increased regulatory oversight and uncertainty relating to the LIBOR calculation process and potential phasing 
out of LIBOR after 2021 may adversely affect the results of our operations. 

On July 27, 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates the LIBOR, announced that it 
intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR after 2021. The announcement 
indicates that the continuation of LIBOR on the current basis cannot and will not be guaranteed after 2021. Uncertainty as 
to the nature of alternative reference rates and as to potential changes in other reforms to LIBOR may adversely affect 
LIBOR rates and the value of LIBOR-based loans, and to a lesser extent securities in our portfolio, and may impact the 
availability and cost of hedging instruments and borrowings, including the rates we pay on our subordinated debentures 
and trust preferred securities. If LIBOR rates are no longer available or do not remain an acceptable market benchmark, 
any  successor  or  replacement  interest  rates  may  perform  differently,  which  may  adversely  affect  our  revenue  or  our 
expenses. We may incur significant costs to transition both our borrowing arrangements and the loan agreements with our 
customers from LIBOR, which may have an adverse effect on our results of operations. Further, we may face exposure to 
litigation  over  the  nature  and  performance  of  any  replacement  index.  The  impact  of  alternatives  to  LIBOR  on  the 
valuations, pricing and operation of our financial instruments is not yet known. 

The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has led to periods of significant volatility in financial, commodities and other 
markets and could harm our business and results of operations. 

In December 2019, COVID-19 was first reported in Wuhan, Hubei Province, China. Since then, COVID-19 infections 
have spread to additional countries including the United States. In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared 
COVID-19 to be a pandemic. Given the ongoing and dynamic nature of the circumstances, it is difficult to predict the 
impact of the coronavirus pandemic on our business, and there is no guarantee that our efforts to address or mitigate the 
adverse impacts of the coronavirus will be effective. The impact to date has included periods of significant volatility in 
financial, commodities and other markets. This volatility has had and, if it continues, could continue to have an adverse 
impact on our customers and on our business, financial condition and results of operations as well as our growth strategy. 

Our  business  is  dependent  upon  the  willingness  and  ability  of  our  customers  to  conduct  banking  and  other  financial 
transactions. The spread of COVID-19 has caused and could continue to cause severe disruptions in the U.S. economy at 

26 

large, and has resulted and may continue to result in disruptions to our customers’ businesses, and a decrease in consumer 
confidence and business generally. In addition, recent actions by US federal, state and local governments to address the 
pandemic, including travel bans, stay-at-home orders and school, business and entertainment venue closures, have had and 
may continue to have a significant adverse effect on our customers and the markets in which we conduct our business. The 
extent of impacts resulting from the coronavirus pandemic and other events beyond our control will depend on future 
developments,  which  are  highly  uncertain  and  cannot  be  predicted,  including  new  information  which  may  emerge 
concerning the severity of the coronavirus pandemic and actions taken to contain the coronavirus or its impact, among 
others. 

Disruptions to our customers could result in increased risk of delinquencies, defaults, foreclosures and losses on our loans. 
The escalation of the pandemic may also negatively impact regional economic conditions for a period of time, resulting in 
declines in local loan demand, liquidity of loan guarantors, loan collateral (particularly in real estate), loan originations 
and deposit availability. If the global response to contain COVID-19 escalates or is unsuccessful, we could experience a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.  

The spread of the COVID-19 outbreak and the governmental responses may disrupt banking and other financial 
activity in the areas in which we operate and could potentially create widespread business continuity issues for us. 

The outbreak of COVID-19 and the U.S. federal, state and local governmental responses may result in a disruption in the 
services  we  provide.  We  rely  on  our  third-party  vendors  to  conduct  business  and  to  process,  record,  and  monitor 
transactions. If any of these vendors are unable to continue to provide us with these services or experience interruptions in 
their ability to provide us with these services, it could negatively impact our ability to serve our customers. Furthermore, 
the coronavirus pandemic could negatively impact the ability of our employees and customers to engage in banking and 
other financial transactions in the geographic areas in which we operate and could create widespread business continuity 
issues for us. We also could be adversely affected if key personnel or a significant number of employees were to become 
unavailable due to infection, quarantine or other effects and restrictions of a COVID-19 outbreak in our market areas. 
Although  we  have  business  continuity  plans  and  other  safeguards  in  place,  there  is  no  assurance  that  such  plans  and 
safeguards  will  be  effective.  If  we  are  unable  to  promptly  recover  from  such  business  disruptions,  our  business  and 
financial conditions and results of operations would be adversely affected. We also may incur additional costs to remedy 
damages caused by such disruptions, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. 

Our participation in the SBA Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) exposes us to risks related to noncompliance 
with the PPP, as well as litigation risk related to our administration of the PPP, which could have a material adverse 
impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

The Company is a participating lender in the PPP, a loan program administered through the SBA, that was created to help 
eligible businesses, organizations and self-employed persons fund their operational costs during the COVID-19 pandemic. 
Under this program, the SBA guarantees 100% of the amounts loaned under the PPP. The PPP opened on April 3, 2020; 
however, because of the short window between the passing of the CARES Act and the opening of the PPP, there is some 
ambiguity in the laws, rules and guidance regarding the operation of the PPP, which exposes the Company to risks relating 
to noncompliance with the PPP. For instance, other financial institutions have experienced litigation related to their process 
and procedures used in processing applications for the PPP. Any financial liability, litigation costs or reputational damage 
caused by PPP related litigation could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of 
operations. In addition, the Company may be exposed to credit risk on PPP loans if a determination is made by the SBA 
that there is a deficiency in the manner in which the loan was originated, funded, or serviced. If a deficiency is identified, 
the SBA may deny its liability under the guaranty, reduce the amount of the guaranty, or, if it has already paid under the 
guaranty, seek recovery of any loss related to the deficiency from the Company. 

We are subject to increasing credit risk as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, which could adversely impact our 
profitability. 

Our  business  depends  on  our  ability  to  successfully  measure  and  manage  credit  risk.  As  a  commercial  lender,  we  are 
exposed to the risk that the principal of, or interest on, a loan will not be paid timely or at all or that the value of any 
collateral supporting a loan will be insufficient to cover our outstanding exposure. In addition, we are exposed to risks 

27 

with respect to the risks resulting from changes in economic and industry conditions and risks inherent in dealing with 
individual loans and borrowers. As the overall economic climate in the U.S., generally, and in our market areas specifically, 
experiences material disruption due to the COVID-19 pandemic, our borrowers may experience difficulties in repaying 
their loans and governmental actions may provide payment relief to borrowers affected by COVID-19 and preclude our 
ability to initiate foreclosure proceedings in certain circumstances and, as a result, the collateral we hold may decrease in 
value or become illiquid, and the level of our nonperforming loans, charge-offs and delinquencies could rise and require 
significant additional provisions for credit losses. Additional factors related to the credit quality of certain commercial real 
estate and multifamily residential loans include the duration of state and local moratoriums on evictions for non-payment 
of rent or other fees. The payment on these loans that are secured by income producing properties are typically dependent 
on the successful operation of the related real estate property and may subject us to risks from adverse conditions in the 
real estate market or the general economy. 

We are actively working to support our borrowers to mitigate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on them and on our 
loan portfolio, including through loan modifications that defer payments for those who experienced a hardship as a result 
of the COVID-19 pandemic. Although recent regulatory guidance provides that such loan modifications are exempt from 
the calculation and reporting of TDRs and loan delinquencies, we cannot predict whether such loan modifications may 
ultimately have an adverse impact on our profitability in future periods. Our inability to successfully manage the increased 
credit risk caused by the COVID-19 pandemic could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition 
and results of operations. 

Unpredictable  future  developments  related  to  or  resulting  from  the  COVID-19  pandemic  could  materially  and 
adversely affect our business and results of operations. 

Because there have been no comparable recent global pandemics that resulted in a similar global impact, we do not yet 
know the full extent of the COVID-19 pandemic’s effects on our business, operations, or the global economy as a whole. 
Any  future  development  will  be  highly  uncertain  and  cannot  be  predicted,  including  the  scope  and  duration  of  the 
pandemic, the effectiveness of our work from home arrangements, third party providers’ ability to support our operation, 
and any actions taken by governmental authorities and other third parties in response to the pandemic.  We are continuing 
to  monitor  the  COVID-19  pandemic  and  related  risks,  although  the  rapid  development  and  fluidity  of  the  situation 
precludes any specific prediction as to its ultimate impact on us. 

Risks Relating to the Regulation of our Industry 

We operate in a highly regulated environment, which could restrain our growth and profitability. 

Banking is highly regulated under federal and state law. As such, we are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and 
legal requirements that govern almost all aspects of our operations. Compliance with laws and regulations can be difficult 
and costly, and changes to laws and regulations often impose additional operating costs. Our failure to comply with these 
laws and regulations, even if the failure follows good faith effort or reflects a difference in interpretation, could subject us 
to restrictions on our business activities, enforcement actions and fines and other penalties, any of which could adversely 
affect our results of operations, regulatory capital levels and the price of our securities. Further, any new laws, rules and 
regulations, such as the Dodd-Frank Act, could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise adversely affect 
our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Federal  and  state  regulators  periodically  examine  our  business,  and  we  may  be  required  to  remediate  adverse 
examination findings. 

The FRB and the Commissioner periodically examine our business, including our compliance with laws and regulations. 
If, as a result of an examination, the FRB or the Commissioner were to determine that our financial condition, capital 
resource, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity or other aspects of any of our operations had become 
unsatisfactory, or that we were in violation of any law or regulation, it may take a number of different remedial actions as 
it  deems  appropriate. Any regulatory  action  against  us  could have  a material  adverse effect on  our business,  financial 
condition and results of operations. 

28 

Our FDIC deposit insurance premiums and assessments may increase. 

The deposits of the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to legal limits and, accordingly, subject to the payment of FDIC 
deposit insurance assessments. The Bank’s regular assessments are determined by its risk classifications, which are based 
on its regulatory capital levels and the level of supervisory concern that it poses. Further increase in assessment rates or 
special assessments may occur in the future, especially if there are significant additional financial institution failures. Any 
future  special  assessments,  increases  in  assessment  rates  or  required  prepayments  in  FDIC  insurance  premiums  could 
reduce our profitability or limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities, which could have a material adverse 
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We are subject to numerous laws designed to protect consumers, including the Community Reinvestment Act and 
fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to a wide variety of sanctions. 

The CRA, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations impose 
nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The Department of Justice and other federal agencies are 
responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. A successful regulatory challenge to an institution’s performance 
under the CRA or fair lending laws and regulations could result in a wide variety of sanctions, including damages and civil 
money  penalties,  injunctive  relief,  restrictions  on  mergers  and  acquisition  activity,  restrictions  on  expansion  and 
restrictions  on  entering  new  business  lines.  Private  parties  may  also  have  the  ability  to  challenge  an  institution’s 
performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. Such actions could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We are subject to evolving and extensive regulations and requirements. Our failure to adhere to these requirements 
or the failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures could seriously harm our business. 

We are subject to extensive regulation as a financial institution and are also required to follow the corporate governance 
and financial reporting practices and policies required of a company whose stock is registered under the Exchange Act and 
listed  on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Select  Market.  Compliance  with  these  requirements  means  we  incur  significant  legal, 
accounting  and  other  expenses.  Compliance  also  requires  a  significant  diversion  of  management  time  and  attention, 
particularly with regard to disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Although we 
have reviewed, and will continue to review, our disclosure controls and procedures in order to determine whether they are 
effective, our controls and procedures may not be able to prevent errors or frauds in the future. 

Faulty judgments, simple errors or mistakes, or the failure of our personnel to adhere to established controls and procedures 
may make it difficult for us to ensure that the objectives of the control system will be met. A failure of our controls and 
procedures to detect other than inconsequential errors or fraud could seriously harm our business and results of operations. 

We face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the BSA and other anti-money laundering statues 
and regulations. 

The  BSA,  the  USA  PATRIOT  Act  of  2001  and  other  laws  and  regulations  require  financial  institutions,  among  other 
duties,  to  institute  and  maintain  an  effective  anti-money  laundering  program  and  file  suspicious  activity  and  currency 
transaction reports as appropriate. The federal Financial Crimes Enforcement Network is authorized to impose significant 
civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and has recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts 
with the individual federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration 
and  Internal  Revenue  Service.  We  are  also  subject  to  increased  scrutiny  of  compliance  with  the  rules enforced  by  the 
Office of Foreign Assets Control. If our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient, we would be subject to 
liability, including fines and regulatory actions, which may include restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the 
necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan, including our acquisition 
plans. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could 
also  have  serious  reputational  consequences  for  us.  Any  of  these  results  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

29 

Our common stock is not insured by any governmental entity. 

Risks Relating to the Company’s Securities 

Our common stock is not a deposit account or other obligation of any bank and is not insured by the FDIC or any other 
governmental entity. Investment in our common stock is subject to risk, including possible loss. 

Our ability to pay dividends is limited by law and contract. 

The  continued  ability  to  pay  dividends  to  shareholders  depends  in  part  on  dividends  from  the  Bank.  The  amount  of 
dividends that the Bank may pay to the Company is limited by federal laws and regulations. The ability of the Bank to pay 
dividends is also subject to its profitability, financial condition and cash flow requirements. There is no assurance that the 
Bank  will  be  able  to  pay  dividends  to  the  Company  in  the  future. The  decision  may  be  made  to  limit  the  payment  of 
dividends even when the legal ability to pay them exists, in order to retain earnings for other uses. 

The shares of our common stock are not heavily traded. 

Shares of our common stock are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, but are not heavily traded. Securities that 
are not heavily traded can be more volatile than stock trading in an active public market. Stock price volatility may make 
it more difficult for you to resell your common stock when you want and at prices you find attractive. Our stock price can 
fluctuate significantly and may decline in response to a variety of factors. 

Management cannot predict the extent to which an active public market for the shares of the common stock will develop 
or be sustained in the future. Accordingly, holders of shares of our common stock may not be able to sell them at the 
volumes, prices, or times that they desire. General market fluctuations, industry factors and general economic and political 
conditions and events, such as economic slowdowns or recessions, interest rate changes or credit loss trends, could also 
cause our stock price to decrease regardless of operating results. We urge you to obtain current market quotations for our 
common stock when you consider investing in our common stock. 

Future sales of our common stock or other securities may dilute the value and adversely affect the market price of 
our common stock. 

In  many  situations,  the  board  of  directors  has  the  authority,  without  any  vote  of  our  shareholders,  to  issue  shares  of 
authorized but unissued stock, including shares authorized and unissued under our equity incentive plans. In the future, 
additional  securities  may  be  issued,  through  public  or  private  offerings,  in  order  to  raise  additional  capital.  Any  such 
issuance would dilute the percentage of ownership interest of existing shareholders and may dilute the per share book 
value of our common stock. In addition, option holders may exercise their options at a time when we would otherwise be 
able to obtain additional equity capital on more favorable terms. 

Our Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws and Maryland law may discourage a corporate takeover which may 
make it more difficult for stockholders to receive a change in control premium. 

Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as supplemented (the “Charter”), and Amended and Restated By-
Laws, as amended (the “By-Laws”), contain certain provisions designed to enhance the ability of the board of directors to 
deal with attempts to acquire control of us. The Charter and By-Laws provide for the classification of the board into three 
classes; directors of each class generally serve for staggered three-year periods. No director may be removed except for 
cause and then only by a vote of at least two-thirds of the total eligible stockholder votes. The Charter gives the board 
certain powers in respect of our securities. First, the board has the authority to classify and reclassify unissued shares of 
stock of any class or series of stock by setting, fixing, eliminating, or altering in any one or more respects the preferences, 
rights, voting powers, restrictions and qualifications of, dividends on, and redemption, conversion, exchange, and other 
rights of, such securities. Second, a majority of the board, without action by the stockholders, may amend the Charter to 
increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class that we have 
authority to issue. The board could use these powers, along with its authority to authorize the issuance of securities of any 

30 

class or series, to issue securities having terms favorable to management to persons affiliated with or otherwise friendly to 
management. 

Maryland law also contains anti-takeover provisions that apply to us. The Maryland Business Combination Act generally 
prohibits, subject to certain limited exceptions, corporations from being involved in any “business combination” (defined 
as a variety of transactions, including a merger, consolidation, share exchange, asset transfer or issuance or reclassification 
of equity securities) with any “interested shareholder” for a period of five years following the most recent date on which 
the interested shareholder became an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder is defined generally as a person 
who is the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation after 
the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock or who is an affiliate or associate of the 
corporation and was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding 
stock of the corporation at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question and after the date 
on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock.  

Although these provisions do not preclude a takeover, they may have the effect of discouraging, delaying or deferring a 
tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in his or her best interest, including those attempts that 
might result in a premium over the market price for the common stock. Such provisions will also render the removal of 
the board of directors and of management more difficult and, therefore, may serve to perpetuate current management. 
These provisions could potentially adversely affect the market price of our common stock. 

We may issue debt and equity securities that are senior to the common stock as to distributions and in liquidation, 
which could negatively affect the value of the common stock. 

In the future, we may increase our capital resources by entering into debt or debt-like financing or issuing debt or equity 
securities, which could include issuances of senior notes, subordinated notes, preferred stock or common stock. In the 
event of our liquidation, our lenders and holders of our debt or preferred securities would receive a distribution of our 
available assets before distributions to the holders of our common stock. Our decision to incur debt and issue securities in 
future offerings will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control. We cannot predict or estimate the 
amount, timing or nature of its future offerings and debt financings. Future offerings could reduce the value of shares of 
our common stock and dilute a stockholder’s interest in us. 

Item 1B.      Unresolved Staff Comments. 

None. 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 2.      Properties. 

Our offices are listed in the tables below. The address of the Company and Bank’s main office is 18 East Dover Street in 
Easton,  Maryland.  The  Company  owns  the  real  property  at  28969  Information  Lane  in  Easton,  Maryland,  which  also 
houses the Operations, Information Technology, and Human Resources departments of the Company and its subsidiary. 

Shore United Bank 

Main Office 
18 East Dover Street 
Easton, Maryland 21601 

Branches 

  Elliott Road Branch 
  8275 Elliott Road 
  Easton, Maryland 21601 

  Tred Avon Square Branch 
  212 Marlboro Road 
  Easton, Maryland 21601 

St. Michaels Branch 
1013 South Talbot Street 
St. Michaels, Maryland 21663 

  Sunburst Branch 
  424 Dorchester Avenue 
  Cambridge, Maryland 21613 

  Centreville Branch 
  109 North Commerce Street 
  Centreville, Maryland 21617 

Route 213 South Branch 
2609 Centreville Road 
Centreville, Maryland 21617 

  Chester Branch 
  300 Castle Marina Road 
  Chester, Maryland 21619 

  Denton Branch 
  850 South 5th Avenue 
  Denton, Maryland 21629 

Grasonville Branch 
202 Pullman Crossing 
Grasonville, Maryland 21638 

  Stevensville Branch 
  408 Thompson Creek Road 
  Stevensville, Maryland 21666 

  Tuckahoe Branch 
  22151 WES Street 
  Ridgely, Maryland 21660 

Washington Square Branch 
899 Washington Avenue 
Chestertown, Maryland 21620 

  Felton Branch 
  120 West Main Street 
  Felton, Delaware 19943 

  Milford Branch 
  698-A North Dupont Boulevard 
  Milford, Delaware 19963 

Camden Branch 
4580 South DuPont Highway 
Camden, Delaware 19934 

  Dover Branch 
  800 S. Governors Avenue 
  Dover, Delaware 19904 

  Arbutus Branch 
  1101 Maiden Choice Lane 
  Baltimore, MD 21229 

Elkridge Branch 
6050 Marshalee Drive 
Elkridge, MD 21075 

Ocean City Branch 
12905B Ocean Gateway 
Ocean City, MD 21842 

  Owings Mills Branch 
  9612 Reisterstown Road 
  Owings Mills, MD 21117 

  Onley Branch 
  25306 Lankford Highway 
  Onley, VA 23418 

Memorial Hospital at Easton 
219 South Washington Street 
Easton, Maryland 21601 

  Talbottown 
  218 North Washington Street 
  Easton, Maryland 21601 

ATMs 

Division Office - Wye Financial 
Partners 
16 North Washington Street, 
Suite 1 
Easton, Maryland 21601 

  Loan Production Office – 

  Loan Production Office – Ocean 

Middletown 
102 Sleepy Hollow 
Unit 204 
Middletown, Delaware 19709 

City 
9748 Stephen Decatur Highway 
Unit 104 
Ocean City, Maryland 21842 

Offices 

Administrative Office – 28969 
Information Lane 
Easton, Maryland 21601 

  Administrative Office – 23 South 

Harrison Street 
Easton, Maryland 21601 

32 

 
     
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Bank owns the real property on which all of its Maryland offices are located, except that it operates under leases at its 
St. Michaels branch, loan production office and Bank branch in Ocean City and the office of Wye Financial Partners in 
Easton. The Bank leases the real property on which all of its Delaware offices are located, except that it owns the real 
property on which the Camden and Dover Branches are located. The Bank operates under a lease at its Onley branch in 
Virginia. For information about rent expense for all leased premises, see Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
appearing in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report. 

Item 3.      Legal Proceedings. 

We are at times, in the ordinary course of business, subject to legal actions. Management, upon the advice of counsel, 
believes that losses, if any, resulting from current legal actions will not have a material adverse effect on our financial 
condition or results of operations. 

Item 4.      Mine Safety Disclosures. 

This item is not applicable. 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

Item 5.      Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities. 

MARKET INFORMATION, HOLDERS AND CASH DIVIDENDS 

The shares of the Company’s common stock are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “SHBI”. 
As of March 15, 2021, the Company had approximately 1,201 registered holders of record.  

Shareholders received quarterly cash dividends on shares of common stock totaling $6.0 million in 2020 and $5.3 million 
in 2019. Dividends increased from 2019 due to the Company’s operating results from continuing operations and excess 
capital. As a general matter, the payment of dividends is at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors, based on 
such factors as operating results, financial condition, capital adequacy, regulatory requirements, and stockholder return. 
The Company anticipates continuing a regular quarterly cash dividend. However, we have no obligation to pay dividends 
and  we  may  change  our  dividend  policy  at  any  time  without  notice  to  shareholders.  Any  future  determination  to  pay 
dividends  to  holders  of  our  common  stock  will  depend  on  our  results  of  operations,  financial  condition,  capital 
requirements, banking  regulations,  contractual  restrictions  and  any other  factors  that our  board  of directors  may deem 
relevant. 

The transfer agent for the Company’s common stock is: 

Broadridge 
51 Mercedes Way 
Edgewood, NY 11717 
Investor Relations: 1-800-353-0103 
E-mail for investor inquiries: shareholder@broadridge.com . 
www.broadridge.com 

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION 

The following table contains information about these equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2020. 

Number of securities 

Plan Category 
Equity compensation plans approved by 
security holders 

Equity compensation plans not approved by 
security holders 

Total 

issued upon exercise of  

  Number of securities to be      Weighted-average     remaining available for future 
exercise price of  
  outstanding options, warrants  outstanding options,   compensation plans [excluding 
  warrants, and rights  
(b) 

securities reflected in 
column (a)] ( c) 

and rights 
(a) 

issuance under equity 

 2,709   

 6.64   

 608,414 

 —   

 2,709   

 —   

 6.64   

 — 

 608,414 

All other information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section of the Company’s definitive 
proxy statement to be filed in connection with the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders entitled “Beneficial Ownership 
of Common Stock”. 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          
         
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
    
  
 
 
 
 
UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES  

There were no unregistered sales of the Company’s stock during the fourth quarter of 2020.  

The Company completed its original stock repurchase program that was approved in April of 2019 on October 26, 2020 
which authorized the repurchase of up to $10.0 million of the Company’s common stock. Subsequently, on November 
24, 2020 the Company announced an additional stock repurchase program which was approved by the Board and 
authorized management to repurchase up to $5.0 million of the Company’s common stock. During the fourth quarter of 
2020, the Company repurchased 183,471 shares of its common stock under the “original” repurchase plan and 
repurchased 253,900 shares of its common stock under the “new” repurchase plan.   

The following tables provide information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of us or any “affiliated purchaser” 
(as defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Exchange Act) of our common stock during the fourth quarter of 2020. 

Original Stock Repurchase Plan $10.0 
million (2019-2020) 

  Maximum Dollar Value 
  Total Number   Average Price   Shares Purchased as Part   Of Shares that May Yet Be

Total Number of    

Period 
October 1, 2020 to October 31, 2020 
November 1, 2020 to November 30, 2020   
December 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020 

Total 

Of Shares 
     Purchased 

Paid Per 
Share 

  of the Publicly Announced 
Plans or Programs 

Purchased Under the  
Plans or Programs 

 183,471   $ 
 —  
 —  
 183,471   $ 

 11.63  
 —  
 —  
 11.63  

 183,471   $ 
 —  
 —  
 183,471  

 — 
 — 
 — 

New Stock Repurchase Plan $5.0 million 
(2020-2021) 

  Maximum Dollar Value 
  Total Number   Average Price   Shares Purchased as Part   Of Shares that May Yet Be

Total Number of    

Of Shares 
     Purchased 

Paid Per 
Share 

  of the Publicly Announced 
Plans or Programs 

Purchased Under the  
Plans or Programs 

Period 
October 1, 2020 to October 31, 2020 
November 1, 2020 to November 30, 2020   
December 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020 

Total 

Item 6.      Selected Financial Data 

Not required. 

 —   $ 

 5,100  
 248,800  
 253,900   $ 

 —  
 13.93  
 14.32  
 14.31  

 —   $ 

 5,100  
 248,800  
 253,900  

 5,000,000 
 4,928,957 
 1,366,141 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
     
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
     
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7.      Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. 

The following discussion compares the Company’s financial condition at December 31, 2020 to its financial condition at 
December 31, 2019 and the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. This discussion should 
be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto appearing in Item 8 of Part II of 
this annual report. 

PERFORMANCE OVERVIEW 

The Company recorded net income of $15.73 million for 2020 and net income of $16.20 million for 2019. The basic and 
diluted income per share was $1.27 and $1.28 from continuing operations for fiscal year 2020 and 2019, respectively. 
When comparing net income from continuing operations for 2020 to 2019, earnings decreased due to a higher provision 
for credit losses and higher noninterest expenses, almost entirely offset by an increase in net interest income and noninterest 
income. 

Total assets were $1.933 billion at December 31, 2020, a $374.1 million, or 24.0%, increase when compared to the $1.559 
billion at December 31, 2019. The primary factors contributing to the increase were increases in gross loans of $205.6 
million, which included PPP loans of $122.9 million, interest-bearing deposits with other banks of $93.7 million and $73.2 
million in securities. 

Total deposits increased $359.4 million, or 26.8%, to $1.701 billion at December 31, 2020. The overall increase in deposits 
can be attributed to a combination of factors which include, direct stimulus payments to customers, customers improving 
their  liquidity  position  by  participating  in  our  deferred  loan  program  and  the  result  of  new  business  and  municipal 
relationships developed during 2020. Total stockholders’ equity increased $2.2 million, or 1.1%, to $195.0 million, or 
10.09% of total assets at December 31, 2020. The increase in total stockholders’ equity was primarily due to current year 
earnings and other comprehensive income, partially offset by repurchases of the Company’s common stock throughout 
the year totaling $9.1 million. 

COVID-19 Pandemic 

The  outbreak  of  COVID-19  has  led  to  adverse  impacts  on  economic  conditions  and  created  uncertainty  in  financial 
markets. Correspondingly, in early March 2020, the Company began preparing for potential disruptions and government 
limitations of activity in the markets in which we serve. Our team activated our Business Continuity Program and was able 
to quickly execute on multiple initiatives to adjust our operations to protect the health and safety of our employees and 
clients. Since the beginning of the crisis, we have been in close contact with our clients, assessing the level of impact on 
their businesses, and providing relief programs according to each client’s specific situation and qualifications. We have 
also  enhanced  awareness  of  digital  banking  offerings,  expanded  services  at  our  drive  through  locations,  and  allowed 
customers to make appointments in the branch for critical services. The Company’s branches remain open and have taken 
steps  to  comply  with  various  government  directives  regarding  “social  distancing,”  as  well  as,  enhanced  cleaning  and 
disinfecting of all surface areas to protect its clients and employees. 

Small Business Administration’s Paycheck Protection Program 

We established our process for participating in the Small Business Administration’s Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) 
that enabled our clients to utilize this valuable resource beginning in April 2020. Loans under the PPP are designed to 
provide assistance for small businesses during the COVID-19 pandemic to help meet the costs associated with payroll, 
mortgage interest, rent and utilities. These loans are guaranteed by the SBA and forgiveness of the loans, by the SBA, is 
granted to the borrower if the borrower uses at least 60% of the funds to cover payroll costs and benefits. Forgiveness is 
also based on the small business maintaining or quickly rehiring their employees and maintaining salary levels for their 
employees. Loans under the PPP do not require any collateral or personal guarantees, as such, these loans are included in 
the Company’s commercial loans segment. Through August 8, 2020, our team was able to process 1,488 PPP loans for 
approximately $126.7 million in the first and second rounds of the program, which has allowed us to further strengthen 
and deepen our client relationships, while positively impacting thousands of individuals. We are also closely monitoring 

36 

the credit quality of the loan portfolio and monitor lines of credit draws for deviation from normal activity to improve loan 
performance and reduce credit risk. 

Short-term Modifications for Borrowers  

In keeping with regulatory guidance to work with borrowers during this unprecedented situation and as outlined in Section 
4013 of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”), the Company is providing modifications 
where appropriate, including interest only payments or payment deferrals for clients that could be adversely affected by 
the COVID-19 pandemic. Section 4013 of the CARES Act also addressed COVID-19 related modifications and specified 
that  such  modifications  made  on  loans  that  were  current  as  of  December  31,  2019  are  not  TDRs.  In  accordance  with 
interagency guidance issued in April 2020, these short-term modifications made to a borrower affected by the COVID-19 
pandemic and governmental shutdown orders, such as payment deferrals, fee waivers and extensions of repayment terms, 
do not need to be identified as TDRs if the loans were current at the time a modification plan was implemented. For the 
year ended December 31, 2020, the Company had executed principal and/or interest deferrals on outstanding loan balances 
of $221.1 million, of which only $34.9 million, or 2.40% of the total portfolio remained on deferral as of December 31, 
2020. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Hospitality Industry 
Non-owner occupied Retail Stores 
Non-owner occupied Restaurants 
Owner-occupied Retail Stores 
Owner-occupied Restaurants 
Oil & Gas Industry 
Other Commercial Loans 

Total Commercial Loans 

Residential 1-4 family Personal 
Residential 1-4 family Rentals 
Home Equity Loans 

Total Residential Real Estate Loans 

Consumer Loans 
Mortgage Warehouse Loans 
Credit Card, Overdrafts and Other 

TOTAL LOANS 

$ 

$ 

Total Loan 
Balance as of  
December 31, 2020 

Total Loans 
Modified as of  
December 31, 2020 

Loans Modified 
to Interest  
Only Payments 
(6 months or less)   

Loans   
Modified to 
Payment 
Deferral 
(3 months) 

Percentage    
of Loans 
Modified 

$ 

 114,592  
 133,992  
 11,644  
 14,376  
 9,226  
 -  
 774,867  
 1,058,697  

 228,752  
 90,982  
 45,488  
 365,222  

$ 

 32,260  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 2,269  
 34,529  

 -  
 300  
 -  
 300  

 30,282  
 -  
 55  
 1,454,256  

$ 

 79  
 -  
 -  
 34,908  

$ 

 32,260   $ 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 2,269  
 34,529  

 -  
 300  
 -  
 300  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 34,829   $ 

 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 

 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 

 79 
 - 
 - 
 79 

 28.15 % 
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 0.29  
 3.26  

 —  
 0.33  
 —  
 0.08  

 0.26  
 —  
 —  
 2.40 % 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP and follow general practices 
within  the  industries  in  which  it  operates.  Application  of  these  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates, 
assumptions, and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. These 
estimates,  assumptions,  and  judgments  are  based  on  information  available  as  of  the  date  of  the  financial  statements; 
accordingly,  as  this  information  changes,  the  financial  statements  could  reflect  different  estimates,  assumptions,  and 
judgments. Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions, and judgments and as 
such have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported.  

The most significant accounting policies that the Company follows are presented in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements.  These  policies,  along  with  the  disclosures  presented  in  the  notes  to  the  financial  statements  and  in  this 
discussion, provide information on how significant assets and liabilities are valued in the financial statements and how 
those values are determined. Based on the valuation techniques used and the sensitivity of financial statement amounts to 
the  methods,  assumptions,  and  estimates  underlying  those  amounts,  management  has  determined  that  the  accounting 
policies with respect to the allowance for credit losses and goodwill are critical accounting policies. These policies are 
considered critical because they relate to accounting areas that require the most subjective or complex judgments, and, as 
such, could be most subject to revision as new information becomes available. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The allowance for credit losses represents management’s estimate of credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the 
balance sheet date. Determining the amount of the allowance for credit losses is considered a critical accounting estimate 
because it requires significant judgment and the use of estimates related to the amount and timing of expected future cash 
flows on impaired loans, estimated losses on pools of similar loans based on historical loss experience, and consideration 
of current economic trends and conditions and other factors impacting the loan portfolio, all of which may be susceptible 
to significant change. The loan portfolio also represents the largest asset type on the consolidated balance sheets. Note 1 
to the Consolidated Financial Statements describes the methodology used to determine the allowance for credit losses. A 
discussion of the allowance determination and factors driving changes in the amount of the allowance for credit losses is 
included in the Asset Quality - Provision for Credit Losses and Risk Management section below. 

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Determining fair 
value is subjective, requiring the use of estimates, assumptions and management judgment. Goodwill is tested at least 
annually for impairment, usually during the fourth quarter, or on an interim basis if circumstances dictate. Impairment 
testing requires a qualitative assessment or that the fair value of each of the Company’s reporting units be compared to the 
carrying amount of its net assets, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than book value, an expense 
may be required to write down the related goodwill to record an impairment loss. As of December 31, 2020, the Company 
had only one banking reporting unit. 

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS AND DEVELOPMENTS 

The Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements discuss new accounting policies that the Company adopted during 
2020 and the expected impact of accounting policies recently issued or proposed but not yet required to be adopted. To 
the extent the adoption of new accounting standards materially affects our financial condition, results of operations or 
liquidity, the impacts are discussed in the applicable section(s) of this discussion and Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements. 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin 

Net interest income remains the most significant factor affecting our results of operations. Net interest income represents 
the excess of interest and fees earned on total average earning assets (loans, investment securities, federal funds sold and 
interest-bearing  deposits  with  other  banks)  over  interest  owed  on  average  interest-bearing  liabilities  (deposits  and 
borrowings). Tax-equivalent net interest income is net interest income adjusted for the tax-favored status of income from 
certain loans and investments. As shown in the table below, tax-equivalent net interest income for 2020 was $52.7 million. 
This represented a $2.4 million, or 4.9%, increase from 2019. The increase in net interest income when comparing 2020 
to 2019 was primarily the result of higher average balances on loans and lower average rates paid on interest-bearing 
deposits, partially offset by lower average yields on taxable investment securities and interest-bearing deposits with other 
banks. In addition, the issuance of subordinated debt in the third quarter of 2020, contributed to the offset in the increase 
in net interest income when comparing the periods.  

Our net interest margin (i.e., tax-equivalent net interest income divided by average earning assets) represents the net yield 
on earning assets minus the cost of average interest liabilities. The net interest margin is managed through loan and deposit 
pricing and asset/liability strategies. The net interest margin was 3.27% for 2020 and 3.54% for 2019. The net interest 
margin decreased when comparing 2020 to 2019 primarily due to a decline in the average yields on total earning assets of 
50bps, which was compounded by the significant increase in deposits, resulting in excess liquidity being invested in lower 
yielding assets. Partially offsetting the decrease in average yields on earnings assets was a decline in the average rates paid 
on interest-bearing deposits of 34bps and the decrease in the average balance on long-term advances from the FHLB. The 
net  interest  spread,  which  is  the  difference  between  the  average  yield  on  earning  assets  and  the  average  rate  paid  for 
interest-bearing liabilities was 3.05% for 2020 and 3.20% for 2019. 

38 

 
The following table sets forth the major components of net interest income, on a tax-equivalent basis, for the years ended 
December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Earning assets 

Loans (2), (3) 
Investment securities: 

Taxable 

Interest-bearing deposits 
Total earning assets 
Cash and due from banks 
Other assets 
Allowance for credit losses 

Total assets 

Interest-bearing liabilities 

Demand deposits 
Money market and savings deposits 
Brokered Deposits 
Certificates of deposit $100,000 or more 
Other time deposits 

Interest-bearing deposits 

Securities sold under retail repurchase agreements 
and short-term FHLB advances 
Advances from FHLB - long-term 
Subordinated debt 

Total interest-bearing liabilities 

Noninterest-bearing deposits 
Other liabilities 
Stockholders’ equity 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 

Net interest spread 
Net interest margin 

Tax-equivalent adjustment 

Loans 
Total 

  Average 
Balance 

2020 
Interest 
(1) 

      Yield/ 
Rate 

      Average 
Balance 

2019 
Interest 
(1) 

      Yield/ 
Rate 

  $  1,368,887    $ 

 56,561    

 4.13  %  $  1,226,361    $ 

 55,553    

 4.53  %   

 2,997    
 260    
 59,818    

 903    
 1,172    
 —    
 2,191    
 2,174    
 6,440    

 5    
 113   
 522    
 7,080    

 138,391   
 103,726   
      1,611,004   
 18,042   
 92,575   
 (11,624) 
  $  1,709,997   

  $ 

 343,848   
 434,781   
 —   
 129,150   
 148,823   
      1,056,602   

 1,484   
 3,934   
 8,617   
      1,070,637   
 431,319   
 10,072   
 197,969   
  $  1,709,997   

 156,383   
 2.16   
 0.25   
 39,944   
 3.71  %      1,422,688   
 18,241   
 68,399   
 (10,425) 
$  1,498,903   

 0.26  %  $ 
 0.27   
 —   
 1.70   
 1.46   
 0.61   

 252,907   
 389,000   
 16,369   
 113,017   
 146,344   
 917,637   

 0.34   
 2.87   
 6.06   
 0.66  %    

 18,453   
 15,000   
 —   
 951,090   
 348,665   
 9,009   
 190,139   
$  1,498,903   

 3,582    
 794    
 59,929    

 2.29   
 1.99   
 4.21  %   

 1,735    
 2,782    
 388    
 1,839    
 1,982    
 8,726    

 481    
 429   
 —    
 9,636    

 0.69  %   
 0.72   
 2.37   
 1.63   
 1.35   
 0.95   

 2.61   
 2.86   
 —   
 1.01  %   

    $ 

 52,738    

 3.05  %    
 3.27  %    

    $ 

 50,293    

 3.20  %   
 3.54  %   

(1)  All amounts are reported on a tax-equivalent basis computed using the statutory federal income tax rate of 21% for 
2020 and 2019, exclusive of nondeductible interest expense. The tax-equivalent adjustment amounts used in the above 
table to compute yields aggregated $141 thousand in 2020 and $162 thousand in 2019. 

(2)  Average loan balances include nonaccrual loans. 
(3)  Interest income on loans includes amortized loan fees, net of costs, and all are included in the yield calculations. 

On  a  tax-equivalent  basis,  total  interest  income  was  $59.8  million  for  2020  compared  to  $59.9  million  for  2019.  The 
decrease in interest income for 2020 compared to 2019 was primarily due to the decrease in the average yields of loans, 
offset by the increase in the average balance on loans and the addition of fees, net of costs, on PPP loans during 2020. The 
average balance of loans in 2020 increased $142.5 million and the yield earned on these loans declined to 4.13% from 
4.53%. This was primarily the result of the origination of PPP loans which had an average balance at the end of 2020 of 
$58.6 million and an average yield of 2.18%, well below the average yield on the Bank’s traditional loans. The decrease 
in interest income on interest-bearing deposits and taxable investment securities was impacted by Federal Reserve rate 
cuts during the first quarter of 2020, as seen in the Rate/Volume Variance Analysis below. As a percentage of total average 
earning assets, loans, investment securities, and interest-bearing deposits were 85.0%, 8.6%, and 6.4%, respectively, for 
2020. The comparable percentages for 2019 were 86.2%, 11.0%, and 2.8%, respectively.  

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
    
 
    
    
 
    
 
    
    
    
   
  
    
   
  
   
  
    
   
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
   
  
  
    
   
    
  
    
   
  
  
    
   
    
  
    
   
  
  
    
   
  
    
   
  
    
   
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
    
   
  
    
   
  
   
  
    
   
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
   
  
  
    
   
    
  
    
   
  
  
    
   
    
  
    
   
  
  
    
   
  
    
   
  
    
   
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
    
    
   
  
    
   
  
    
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense was $7.1 million for 2020 compared to $9.6 million for 2019. The decrease in interest expense for 2020 
was primarily due to decreases in the average rates paid on interest-bearing deposits, partially offset by the addition of 
interest on subordinated debt in the third quarter of 2020. During 2020, demand deposits, money market/savings deposits 
and  certificates  of  deposit  over  $100  thousand  experienced  the  most  significant  growth  with  increases  in  the  average 
balances of $90.9 million, $45.8 million and $16.1 million, respectively, while the average rates paid on these deposits 
(decreased)/increased  (43),  (45)  and  7bps,  respectively.  In  addition,  the  elimination  of  brokered  deposits  resulted  in  a 
decrease in the average balance of $16.4 million for 2020.   

During 2020, the lower average rates on interest-bearing liabilities, specifically short-term and long-term advances from 
the FHLB produced $229 thousand less in interest expense and decreased volume produced $563 thousand less in interest 
expense, as shown in the table below. Partially offsetting these decreases was the addition of subordinated debt during 
2020 resulting in an average balance of $8.6 million with a rate of 6.06%.  

The following Rate/Volume Variance Analysis identifies the portion of the changes in tax-equivalent net interest income 
attributable to changes in volume of average balances or to changes in the yield on earning assets and rates paid on interest-
bearing liabilities. The rate and volume variance for each category has been allocated on a consistent basis between rate 
and volume variances, based on a percentage of rate, or volume, variance to the sum of the absolute two variances. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Interest income from earning assets: 

Loans  
Taxable investment securities 
Interest-bearing deposits 
Total interest income 

Interest expense on deposits and borrowed funds: 

Interest-bearing demand deposits 
Money market and savings deposits 
Brokered deposits 
Time deposits 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 
   and short-term FHLB advances 
Advances from FHLB - Long-term 
Subordinated debt 

Total interest expense 
Net interest income 

Noninterest Income 

 2020 over (under) 2019 

Total 
Variance 

Caused By 

Rate 

Volume 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 1,008  
 (585) 
 (534) 
 (111) 

$ 

 (5,140) 
 (193) 
 (1,087) 
 (6,420) 

 (832) 
 (1,610) 
 (388) 
 544  

 (476) 
 (316) 
 522  
 (2,556) 
 2,445  

$ 

 (1,324) 
 (1,910) 
 —  
 240  

 (231) 
 2  
 —  
 (3,223) 
 (3,197) 

$ 

 6,148 
 (392)
 553 
 6,309 

 492 
 300 
 (388)
 304 

 (245)
 (318)
 522 
 667 
 5,642 

Noninterest income from continuing operations increased $729 thousand, or 7.3%, in 2020 when compared to 2019. The 
increase in noninterest income in 2020 when compared to 2019 was primarily due to increases in other noninterest income 
of $1.4 million which was the result of increases in BOLI and COLI income of $656 thousand, swap fee income of $495 
thousand and other fees on bank services of $264 thousand, partially offset by a decrease in service charges on deposit 
accounts of $1.1  million. In addition,  the  Bank had gains on sales  of  securities  during 2020  of $347 thousand  and an 
increase in trust and investment fee income of $36 thousand. The significant decrease in bank service fees was due to the 
Bank providing fee waivers during 2020 for customers who were impacted by the pandemic. The increase in BOLI income 
was attributed to a full year of earnings from $25.6 million in insurance contracts purchased in 2019 used to offset future 
employee benefit costs.   

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
  
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
The following table summarizes our noninterest income from continuing operations for the years ended December 31. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Service charges on deposit accounts 
Trust and investment fee income 
Gains on sales and calls of investment securities 
Other noninterest income 
Total 

Noninterest Expense 

Years Ended 

2020 

 2,839  
 1,558  
 347  
 6,005  
 10,749  

$ 

$ 

2019 

 3,910  
 1,522  
 —  
 4,588  
 10,020  

$ 

$ 

Change from Prior Year 
2020/ 19 

Amount 

Percent 

$ 

$ 

 (1,071)   
 36   
 347   
 1,417   
 729   

 (27.4) % 
 2.4  
 100.0  
 30.9  
 7.3  

Noninterest expense from continuing operations increased $842 thousand, or 2.2%, in 2020 when compared to 2019. The 
increase in noninterest expenses was primarily due to increases in employee benefits of $1.2 million, due to an increase in 
medical  claims  from  the  Company’s  self-funded  insurance  program  and  a  full  year  of  expense  for  the  supplemental 
executive retirement plans (“SERPs”) in 2020, data processing of $498 thousand, the result of utilizing additional services 
from our core processor,  occupancy expense of $161 thousand due to the addition of a new branch in 2020 and FDIC 
insurance premium expense due to the absence of a credit received in 2019, partially offset by decreases in salaries and 
wages of $478 thousand, OREO expenses, net of $369 thousand and other noninterest expenses of $432 thousand. The 
decrease in salaries and wages resulted from the deferral of direct origination costs related to the origination of PPP loans 
in 2020. The decrease in other noninterest expense was primarily due to decreases in advertising, marketing, travel and 
entertainment expenses due to the pandemic, coupled with a decrease in other loan expenses.  

The Company had 287 full-time equivalent employees at December 31, 2020, and 294 full-time equivalent employees at 
December 31, 2019. 

The following table summarizes our noninterest expense from continuing operations for the years ended December 31. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Salaries and wages 
Employee benefits 
Occupancy expense 
Furniture and equipment expense 
Data processing 
Directors’ fees 
Amortization of intangible assets 
FDIC insurance premium expense 
Other real estate owned expenses, net 
Legal and professional fees 
Other noninterest expenses 
Total 

Years Ended 

2020 
 14,935  
 6,461  
 2,919  
 1,224  
 4,288  
 504  
 533  
 485  
 56  
 2,296  
 4,698  
 38,399  

$ 

$ 

2019 
 15,413  
 5,283  
 2,758  
 1,107  
 3,790  
 479  
 605  
 344  
 425  
 2,223  
 5,130  
 37,557  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Change from Prior Year 
2020/ 19 

Amount 

Percent 

 (478)   
 1,178   
 161   
 117   
 498   
 25   
 (72)   
 141   
 (369)   
 73   
 (432)   
 842   

 (3.1) % 
 22.3  
 5.8  
 10.6  
 13.1  
 5.2  
 (11.9)  
 41.0  
 (86.8)  
 3.3  
 (8.4)  
 2.2  

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
     
     
     
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
     
     
     
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Income Taxes 

The Company reported an income tax expense for continuing operations of $5.3 million for 2020, compared to an income 
tax expense for continuing operations of $5.6 million for 2019. The effective tax rate for continuing operations was 25.3% 
for 2020 and 25.6% for 2019. The Company’s effective tax rate remained relatively unchanged for 2020 compared to 
2019. Please refer to Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II of this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K for further information. 

REVIEW OF FINANCIAL CONDITION 

Asset and liability composition, capital resources, asset quality, market risk, interest sensitivity and liquidity are all factors 
that affect our financial condition. The following sections discuss each of these factors. 

Assets 

Interest-Bearing Deposits with Other Banks and Federal Funds Sold 

The Company invests excess cash balances (i.e., the excess cash remaining after funding loans and investing in securities 
with deposits and borrowings) in interest-bearing accounts and federal funds sold offered by our correspondent banks. 
These liquid investments are maintained at a level that management believes is necessary to meet current liquidity needs. 
Total  interest-bearing  deposits  with  other  banks  increased  $93.7  million  from  $76.5  million  at  December 31,  2019  to 
$170.3 million at December 31, 2020. This significant increase was the result of deposit growth of $359.4 million, or 
26.8%. Average interest-bearing deposits with other banks increased $63.8 million in 2020 when compared to 2019. The 
increase in 2020 was due to higher average balances on interest and noninterest-bearing deposits of $139.0 million and 
$82.7 million, respectively. 

Investment Securities 

The  investment  portfolio  is  structured  to  provide  us  with  liquidity  and  also  plays  an  important  role  in  the  overall 
management of interest rate risk. Investment securities available for sale are stated at estimated fair value based on quoted 
prices and may be sold as part of the asset/liability management strategy or which may be sold in response to changing 
interest rates. Net unrealized holding gains and losses on available for sale debt securities are reported net of related income 
taxes as accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Investment securities in 
the held to maturity category are stated at cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. We have 
the  intent  and  current  ability  to  hold  such  securities  until  maturity.  At  December 31,  2020,  68%  of  the  portfolio  was 
classified as available for sale and 32% as held to maturity. At December 31, 2019, 94% of the portfolio was classified as 
available for sale and 6% as held to maturity. Total investment securities increased $73.2 million from $137.1 million at 
December 31, 2019 to $210.3 million at December 31, 2020. The Bank purchased $130.7 million in securities in 2020, of 
which $73.5 million was classified as available for sale and $57.2 million as held to maturity. The significant change in 
investment strategy when comparing 2020 to 2019 was due to excess liquidity experienced in 2020, which was partially 
utilized to purchase securities with a higher yield than the then current overnight Fed funds rate. The larger percentage of 
securities  designated  as  held  to  maturity  reflects  the  amount  that  management  believes  is  not  needed  to  support  our 
anticipated growth and liquidity needs. We do not typically invest in derivative securities and held no such investments at 
December 31, 2020 or December 31, 2019.  

Investment securities available for sale were $139.6 million at the end of 2020 and $122.8 million at the end of 2019. The 
Bank purchased $73.5 million in available for sale securities in 2020 and $0 for 2019. During 2020, the Bank purchased 
thirteen mortgage-backed securities and four government agency bonds of $55.4 million and $18.0 million, respectively. 
At year-end 2020, 16.9% of the available for sale securities in the portfolio were U.S. Government agencies and 83.1% of 
the  securities  were  mortgage-backed  securities,  compared  to  19.4%  and  80.6%,  respectively,  at year-end  2019.  Our 
investments  in  mortgage-backed  securities  are  issued  or  guaranteed  by  U.S.  Government  agencies  or  government-
sponsored agencies. 

42 

Investment securities held to maturity were $65.7 million at the end of 2020 and $8.8 million at the end of 2019. The Bank 
purchased $57.2 million in held to maturity securities in 2020 and $4 million for 2019. During 2020, the Bank purchased 
six mortgage-backed securities of $27.4 million, five government agency bonds of $17.7 million and seven subordinated 
debt instruments from other banks of $12.1 million. In 2019, the Company purchased one corporate bond of $4.0 million. 
At year-end 2020, 28.7% of the held to maturity securities in the portfolio were U.S. Government agencies, 41.5% of the 
securities were mortgage-backed securities, 29.2% were subordinated debt instruments and less than 1% were community 
reinvestment bonds. At year-end 2019, 16.0% of the held to maturity securities in the portfolio were U.S. Government 
agencies, 79.4% of the securities were subordinated debt instruments and 4.6% were community reinvestment bonds.  

The following tables set forth the weighted average yields by maturity category of the bond investment portfolio as of 
December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
2020 
Available for sale: 
U.S. Government agencies 
Mortgage-backed 
Total available for sale 

Held to maturity: 
U.S. Government agencies 
Mortgage-backed 
States and political subdivisions1 
Other Debt Securities 
Total held to maturity 

1 Year or Less   
Average 
Yield 

1-5 Years 
Average 
Yield 

5-10 Years 
Average 
Yield 

Over 10 Years    
Average 
Yield 

 1.50 %    
 —  
 1.50  

 — %    
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 — %    

 1.57  
 1.57  

 — %    
 —  
 3.02  
 2.68  
 3.02  

 1.20 %   
 2.11  
 1.82  

 0.91 %   
 —  
 —  
 4.51  
 3.06  

 — % 

 1.61  
 1.61  

 1.84 % 
 1.34  
 —  
 —  
 1.45  

1  Yields have been adjusted to reflect a tax equivalent basis using the statutory federal tax rate of 21%. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
2019 
Available for sale: 
U.S. Government agencies 
Mortgage-backed 
Total available for sale 

Held to maturity: 
U.S. Government agencies 
States and political subdivisions2 
Other Debt Securities 
Total held to maturity 

1 Year or Less   
Average 
Yield 

1-5 Years 
Average 
Yield 

5-10 Years 
Average 
Yield 

Over 10 Years    
Average 
Yield 

 1.74 %    
 —  
 1.74  

 — %    
 —  
 —  
 —  

 1.54 %    
 1.45  
 1.53  

 — %    

 5.20  
 —  
 5.20  

 — %   

 2.20  
 2.20  

 — %   
 —  
 4.21  
 4.21  

 4.16 % 
 2.19  
 2.23  

 2.08 % 
 —  
 —  
 2.08  

2  Yields have been adjusted to reflect a tax equivalent basis using the statutory federal tax rate of 21%. 

Loans 

The loan portfolio is the primary source of our income. Loans totaled $1.5 billion at December 31, 2020, an increase of 
$205.6 million, or 16.5%, from 2019. At December 31, 2020, PPP loans accounted for $122.9 million of total loans. Most 
of our loans, excluding PPP loans, are secured by real estate and are classified as construction, residential or commercial 
real estate loans. The increase in loans, excluding PPP loans, was comprised of increases in commercial real estate loans 
of $74.7 million, or 12.7%, consumer loans of $13.7 million, or 77.4%, construction loans of $6.9 million, or 6.9% and 
residential loans of $1.0 million, or less than 1%, at December 31, 2020 compared to December 31, 2019. These increases 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
           
           
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
  
    
  
    
   
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
   
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
           
           
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
  
    
  
    
   
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
   
  
   
   
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
were partially offset by a decrease of $13.6 million, or 13.4%, in commercial loans, excluding PPP loans. At December 31, 
2020,  excluding  PPP  loans,  the  loan  portfolio  was  comprised  of  49.7%  commercial  real  estate,  33.3%  residential  real 
estate, 8.0% construction, 6.6% commercial and 2.4% consumer. That compares to 47.0%, 35.4%, 8.0%, 8.2% and 1.4, 
respectively, at December 31, 2019. At December 31, 2020, 78.8% of the loan portfolio had fixed interest rates and 21.2% 
had adjustable interest rates, compared to 75.5% and 24.5%, respectively, at December 31, 2019. See the discussion below 
under the caption “Asset Quality - Provision for Credit Losses and Risk Management” and Note 3, “Loans and Allowance 
for Credit Losses”, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. At December 31, 2020 
and 2019, the Company did not have any loans held for sale. We do not engage in foreign or subprime lending activities. 

The table below sets forth the maturities and interest rate sensitivity of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2020. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Construction 
Residential real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial   
Consumer 
Total 
Rate terms: 

Fixed-interest rate loans 
Adjustable-interest rate loans 

Total 

Liabilities 
Deposits 

Maturing 
      within one year       
  $ 

  Maturing after 
  one but within 

five years 

  Maturing after 
five but within 
fifteen years 

  Maturing after 
fifteen years 

 55,128   $ 
 32,342  
 90,636  
 10,587  
 966  
 189,659   $ 

 38,831   $ 
 58,293  
 184,450  
 150,048  
 26,989  
 458,611   $ 

 10,275   $ 
 110,251  
 263,492  
 23,775  
 2,325  
 410,118   $ 

 2,526   $ 

Total 
 106,760 
 443,542 
 661,232 
 211,256 
 31,466 
 395,868   $  1,454,256 

 242,656  
 122,654  
 26,846  
 1,186  

 160,844   $ 
 28,815  
 189,659   $ 

 430,157   $ 
 28,454  
 458,611   $ 

 384,335   $ 
 25,783  
 410,118   $ 

 171,053   $  1,146,389 
 307,867 
 224,815  
 395,868   $  1,454,256 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

The Bank uses deposits primarily to fund loans and to purchase investment securities. Total deposits increased from $1.34 
billion at December 31, 2019 to $1.70 billion at December 31, 2020 due to increases in every deposit product, with the 
exception of a decrease in time deposits of $2.2 million. The increases in deposit products consisted of the following: 
noninterest-bearing  deposits  of  $152.5  million,  interest-bearing  checking  deposits  of  $144.0  million,  and  savings  and 
money market accounts of $65.1 million. Average interest-bearing deposits increased $139.0 million, or 15.1%, in 2020, 
compared to an increase of $64.0 million, or 7.5% in 2019. Average certificates of deposit and other time deposits increased 
$18.6 million, or 7.2% in 2020, compared to a increase of $14.5 million, or 5.9% in 2019. Average noninterest-bearing 
deposits  increased  $82.7  million, or 23.7%,  in  2020,  compared  to  an  increase  of  $22.0  million, or  6.7%  in 2019. The 
elimination of brokered deposits in late 2019 decreased the average balance in these deposits in 2020 by $16.4 million. 
Deposits provided funding for approximately 92.4% and 89.0% of average earning assets for 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

The following table sets forth the average balances of deposits and the percentage of each category to total average deposits 
for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Noninterest-bearing demand 
Interest-bearing deposits 

Demand 
Money market and savings 
Brokered deposits 
Certificates of deposit, $100,000 to $249,999 
Certificates of deposit, $250,000 or more 
Other time deposits 

Total 

2020 

$ 

 431,319       

 29.0 %  $ 

2019 
 348,665       

 27.5 %   

Average Balances 

 343,848   
 434,781   
 —   
 88,934   
 40,216   
 148,823   
 1,487,921   

 23.1  
 29.2  
 —  
 6.0  
 2.7  
 10.0  

 100.0 %  $ 

 252,907   
 389,000   
 16,369   
 81,696   
 31,321   
 146,344   
 1,266,302   

 20.0  
 30.7  
 1.3  
 6.5  
 2.5  
 11.5  
 100.0 %   

$ 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
  
    
    
  
    
   
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
The  following  table  sets  forth  the  maturity  ranges  of  certificates  of  deposit  with  balances  of  $250,000  or  more  as  of 
December 31, 2020. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Three months or less 
Over three through 6 months 
Over 6 through 12 months 
Over 12 months 

Total 

  $ 

 4,370 $ 
 13,335   
 14,366   
 11,087   
  $   43,158 $ 

  Uninsured  
 1,370 
 4,335 
 3,616 
 2,190 
 11,511 

Securities Sold Under Retail Repurchase Agreements 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are issued in conjunction with cash management services for commercial 
depositors. At December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company had $1.1 million and $1.2 million, respectively, 
in securities sold under retail repurchase agreements 

Long-Term Advances from FHLB 

The Company occasionally borrows from Federal Home Loan Bank to meet longer term liquidity needs, specifically to 
fund loan growth when liquidity from deposit growth is not sufficient. The Company had no long-term FHLB borrowings 
outstanding at the end of 2020 and $15.0 million outstanding at the end of 2019. The amount of outstanding long-term 
borrowings at December 31, 2019 consisted of a long-term advance from the FHLB of $15.0 million, which carried an 
interest rate of 2.82%. This advance was paid off in April of 2020. 

Subordinated Debt 

On  August  25,  2020,  the  Company  entered  into  Subordinated  Note  Purchase  Agreements  with  certain  accredited 
purchasers pursuant to which the Company issued and sold $25.0 million in aggregate principal amount with an initial 
interest rate of 5.375% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Subordinated Notes due September 1, 2030. 

The Company plans to use the net proceeds of the offering for general corporate purposes, organic growth and to support 
the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios. The Notes were structured to qualify as Tier 2 capital of the Company for regulatory 
capital purposes and bear an initial interest rate of 5.375% until September 1, 2025, with interest during this period payable 
semi-annually in arrears. From and including September 1, 2025, to but excluding the maturity date or early redemption 
date, the interest rate will reset quarterly to an annual floating rate equal to three-month SOFR, plus 526.5 basis points, 
with interest during this period payable quarterly in arrears. The Notes are redeemable by the Company at its option, in 
whole or in part, on or after September 1, 2025. Initial debt issuance costs were $611 thousand. The debt balance of $24.4 
million is presented net of unamortized issuance costs of $571 thousand at December 31, 2020. 

Capital Resources Management 

Total stockholders’ equity for the Company was $195.0 million at December 31, 2020, compared to $192.8 million at 
December 31, 2019. The increase in stockholders’ equity in 2020 was primarily due to 2020 earnings and accumulated 
other comprehensive income, which primarily consisted of unrealized gains in available-for-sale securities, which was 
partially offset by dividends paid to common stockholders and stock repurchases. The ratio of period-end equity to total 
assets was 10.09% for 2020, as compared to 12.37% for 2019.  

We record unrealized holding gains (losses), net of tax, on investment securities available for sale as accumulated other 
comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of stockholders’ equity. At December 31, 2020, the portion of the 
investment  portfolio  designated  as  “available  for  sale”  had  a  net  unrealized  holding  gain,  net  of  tax,  of  $1.5  million 
compared to net unrealized holding gain, net of tax, of $218 thousand at December 31, 2019. 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
The  Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to 
meet  minimum  capital  requirements  can  initiate  certain  mandatory  and  possibly  additional  discretionary  actions  by 
regulators that, if undertaken, could have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy 
guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the  Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that 
involve quantitative measures of its assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory 
accounting practices. The capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators 
about components, risk weightings, and other factors. 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum ratios 
of common equity Tier 1, Tier 1, and total capital as a percentage of assets and off-balance sheet exposures, adjusted for 
risk  weights ranging from 0%  to 1,250%. The  Bank  is  also  required  to maintain  capital  at  a  minimum  level based on 
quarterly average assets, which is known as the leverage ratio. 

In July 2013, federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule that revised their risk-based capital requirements and the 
method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with certain standards that were developed by Basel 
III and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule currently applies to all depository institutions and bank 
holding companies and savings and loan holding companies with total consolidated assets of more than $3 billion. The 
Company  has  total  consolidated  assets  of  less  than  $3  billion  and  is  currently  exempt  from  the  consolidated  capital 
requirements. 

As of December 31, 2020, the  Bank was in compliance with all applicable regulatory capital requirements to which it was 
subject, and was classified as “well capitalized” for purposes of the prompt corrective action regulations.  

The following table compares the Bank’s capital ratios to the minimum regulatory requirements as of December 31, 2020 
and 2019. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Common equity Tier 1 capital 
Tier 1 capital 
Tier 2 capital 
Total risk-based capital 
Net risk-weighted assets 
Adjusted average total assets 
Risk-based capital ratios: 
Common equity Tier 1   
Tier 1 
Total capital 
Tier 1 leverage ratio 

  Minimum 
  Regulatory 
 Requirements
for 2020 

2020 
  $  180,696  
 180,696  
 14,189  
 194,885  
   1,367,544  
   1,857,802  

$ 

2019 
 163,206  
 163,206  
 10,808  
 174,014  
   1,254,980  
   1,533,919  

 13.21 %    
 13.21  
 14.25  
 9.73  

 13.00 %   
 13.00  
 13.87  
 10.64  

7.00* 
8.50* 
10.50* 
 4.00 

* 

includes phased in capital conservation buffer of 2.50% 

See Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information about the regulatory capital positions of the 
Bank (December 31, 2020 and 2019). 

Asset Quality - Provision for Credit Losses and Risk Management 

Originating loans involves a degree of risk that credit losses will occur in varying amounts according to, among other 
factors, the types of loans being made, the credit-worthiness of the borrowers over the terms of the loans, the quality of 
the  collateral  for  the  loans,  if  any,  as  well  as  general  economic  conditions.  Through  the  Company’s  and  the  Bank’s 
Asset/Liability Management Committees, the Company’s Audit Committee and the Company’s Board actively reviews 
critical risk positions, including credit, market, liquidity and operational risk. The Company’s goal in managing risk is to 
reduce earnings volatility, control exposure to unnecessary risk, and ensure appropriate returns for risk assumed. Senior 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
       
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
   
  
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
members of management actively manage risk at the product level, supplemented with corporate level oversight through 
the  Asset/Liability  Management  Committee  and  internal  audit  function. The  risk  management  structure  is  designed to 
identify risk through a systematic process, enabling timely and appropriate action to avoid and mitigate risk. 

Credit  risk  is  mitigated  through  loan  portfolio  diversification,  limiting  exposure  to  any  single  industry  or  customer, 
collateral  protection,  and  prudent  lending  policies  and  underwriting  criteria.  The  following  discussion  provides 
information and statistics on the overall quality of the Company’s loan portfolio. Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements describes the accounting policies related to nonperforming loans (nonaccrual and delinquent 90 days or more), 
TDRs and loan charge-offs and describes the methodologies used to develop the allowance for credit losses, including the 
specific, historical formula, and qualitative formula components (also discussed below). Management believes the policies 
governing  nonperforming  loans,  TDRs  and  charge-offs  are  consistent  with  regulatory  standards.  The  amount  of  the 
allowance  for  credit  losses  and  the  resulting  provision  are  reviewed monthly  by  senior  members  of  management  and 
approved quarterly by the Board of Directors. 

The allowance is increased by provisions for credit losses charged to expense and recoveries of loans previously charged 
off. It is decreased by loans charged off in the current period. Loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when 
considered uncollectible by management. Provisions for credit losses are made to bring the allowance for credit losses 
within the range of balances that are considered appropriate.  

The adequacy of the allowance for credit losses is determined based on management’s estimate of the inherent risks 
associated with lending activities, estimated fair value of collateral or expected future cash flows, past experience and 
present indicators such as loan delinquency trends, nonaccrual loans and current market conditions. Management 
believes the current allowance is adequate to provide for probable and estimable losses inherent in our loan portfolio; 
however, future changes in the composition of the loan portfolio and financial condition of borrowers may result in 
additions to the allowance. Examination of the portfolio and allowance by various regulatory agencies and consultants 
engaged by the Company may result in the need for additional provisions based on information available at the time of 
the examination. The Bank’s allowance for credit losses, is available to absorb losses from all loan segments of the 
portfolio. The allowance set by the Bank is subject to regulatory examination and determination as to its adequacy. 

The allowance for credit losses is comprised of three parts: (i) the specific allowance; (ii) the historical formula allowance; 
and (iii) the qualitative formula allowance. The specific allowance is established against impaired loans until charge offs 
are made. Loans are considered impaired when it is probable that the Company will not collect all principal and interest 
payments  according  to  the  loan’s  contractual  terms.  The  qualitative  formula  allowance  is  determined  based  on 
management’s assessment of industry trends and economic factors in the markets in which we operate. The determination 
of the formula allowance involves a higher risk of uncertainty and considers current risk factors that may not have yet 
manifested themselves in our historical loss factors. 

The specific allowance is used to individually allocate an allowance to loans identified as impaired. An impaired loan may 
involve  deficiencies  in  the  borrower’s  overall  financial  condition,  payment  history,  support  available  from  financial 
guarantors and/or the fair market value of collateral. If it is determined that there is a loss associated with an impaired loan, 
a specific allowance is established until a charge off is made. Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when 
deemed uncollectible. 

The historical formula allowance is used to estimate the loss on internally risk-rated loans, exclusive of those identified as 
impaired.  Loans  are  grouped  by  type  (construction,  residential  real  estate,  commercial  real  estate,  commercial  or 
consumer). Each loan type is assigned allowance factors based on management’s estimate of the risk, complexity and size 
of individual loans within a particular category using average historical charge-offs by segment over the last 16 quarters.  

The qualitative  formula  allowance  is  used  to  estimate  the losses  on  loans  stemming  from  more  global  factors  such  as 
delinquencies, loss history, effects of changes in lending policy, the experience and depth of management, national and 
local economic trends, concentrations of credit, the quality of the loan review system and the effect of external factors as 
deemed appropriate. Loans that are identified as pass-watch, special mention, substandard and doubtful are considered to 
have  elevated  credit  risk.  These  loans  are  assigned  higher  allowance  factors  than  favorably  rated  loans  due  to 

47 

management’s  concerns  regarding  collectability  or  management’s  knowledge  of  particular  elements  regarding  the 
borrower. 

As seen in the table below, the provision for credit losses was $3.9 million for 2020 and $700 thousand for 2019. The 
increase in the provision for credit losses was the result of new and elevated qualitative factors within the allowance model 
related to economic conditions and the COVID-19 pandemic. Net loan charge-offs totaled $519 thousand in 2020 and 
$536 thousand in 2019.  

The allowance for credit losses was $13.9 million, or 1.04% of period end loans, excluding PPP loans, at December 31, 
2020,  compared  to  an  allowance  of  $10.5  million,  or  0.84%  of  period  end  loans  at  December 31,  2019.  The  higher 
allowance percentage at the end of 2020 when compared to the end of 2019 was the result of higher qualitative factors in 
the analysis of the allowance for loan losses as it related to current economic conditions and the COVID-19 pandemic. 
While  the  majority  of  our  credit  quality  metrics  have  shown  improvement  or  stability  from  the  prior  year  end,  our 
allowance and related provision is reflective of our evaluation of risks related to the pandemic’s impact on our borrowers 
and the overall lending environment. The ratio of net charge-offs to average loans was 0.04% for both 2020 and 2019. 

The overall credit quality improved in 2020 compared to 2019 primarily due to a reduction in nonaccrual loans of $5.1 
million, loans 90 days and still accruing of $522 thousand and OREO of $74 thousand. In addition, accruing TDRs declined 
$504 thousand when comparing 2020 to 2019 which reflects continued workout efforts on outstanding problem loans. 
When comparing 2020 to 2019 loan risk categories, substandard and special mention loans decreased $2.5 million and 
$2.1 million, respectively. The decrease in substandard and special mention loans was primarily due to property sales, 
payoffs and credit risk rating upgrades during 2020. Pass/Watch loans increased $41.3 million during 2020 when compared 
to 2019 due to specific industry loans being added due to the impact of the pandemic. These loans consisted of hospitality, 
restaurants, retail stores and other commercial loans. Management will continue to monitor and charge off nonperforming 
assets  as  rapidly  as  possible,  and  focus  on  the  generation  of  healthy  loan  growth  and  new  business  development 
opportunities. 

The following table sets forth a summary of our loan loss experience for the years ended December 31. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Construction 
Residential real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial   
Consumer 
Total 

2020 
  Percentage of net   
charge-offs 
(annualized) to 
average loans 
outstanding 
      during the year    

 Net (charge-offs) 
recoveries 

  Net (charge-offs)  
recoveries 

 $ 

 $ 

 17  
 10  
 (600) 
 36  
 18  
 (519) 

 (0.02)%    $ 
 -  
 0.10  
 (0.02) 
 (0.07) 
 0.04 %    $ 

2019 
  Percentage of net 

charge-offs 
(annualized) to 
average loans 
outstanding 

     during the year 
 (0.01)% 
 0.14  
 (0.04) 
 0.10  
 0.29  
 0.04 % 

 15  
 (619)  
 206  
 (106)  
 (32)  
 (536)  

Average loans outstanding during the period 
Allowance for credit losses at period end as a percentage 
of total period end loans (1) 
Allowance for credit losses at period end as a percentage 
of average loans (2) 
Allowance for credit losses at period end as a percentage 
of period end nonaccrual loans 

 $   1,368,887  

  $   1,226,361  

 0.95 %   

 1.01 %   

 254.59 %  

 0.84 %  

 0.86 %  

 99.22 %  

(1)  As of December 31, 2020, this ratio includes PPP loans of $122.9 million. Excluding these loans, the ratio is 

1.04% for December 31, 2020. 

(2)  As of December 31, 2020, this ratio includes average PPP loans of $85.6 million. Excluding these loans, the ratio 

is 1.08% for December 31,2020. 

48 

 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
    
   
    
   
    
   
    
 
  
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
 
    
 
     
 
     
 
      
 
 
The following table sets forth the allocation of the allowance for credit losses and the percentage of loans in each category 
to total loans for the years ended December 31. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Construction 
Residential real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial   
Consumer 
Total 

2020 

2019 

Amount 

 1,937       
 3,338   
 5,872   
 2,089   
 652   
$13,888   

$ 

$ 

% of 
Loans 

7.3  %   $ 
30.5   
45.5   
14.5   
2.2   

Amount 

 1,576       
 2,501       
 4,032       
 1,929       
 469       

100.0  %   $ 

$10,507   

% of 
Loans 

8.0  %   
35.4   
47.0   
8.2   
1.4   
100.0  %   

At December 31, 2020, nonperforming assets were $6.3 million, a decrease of $5.7 million, or 47.8%, when compared to 
December 31, 2019. The decrease in nonperforming assets was due to diligent workout efforts by the Company to reduce 
nonaccrual  loans  and  other  real  estate  owned  properties.  Accruing  TDRs  were  $7.0  million  at  December 31,  2020,  a 
decrease of $504 thousand, or 6.7%, when compared to December 31, 2019. At December 31, 2020, the ratio of nonaccrual 
loans to total assets was 0.28%, a decrease from 0.68% at December 31, 2019. The ratio of accruing TDRs to total assets 
at December 31, 2020 was 0.36% improving from 0.48% at December 31, 2019.  

The Company continues to focus on the resolution of its nonperforming and problem loans. The efforts to accomplish this 
goal include frequently contacting borrowers until the delinquency is cured or until an acceptable payment plan has been 
agreed upon; obtaining updated appraisals; provisioning for credit losses; charging off loans; transferring loans to other 
real estate owned; aggressively marketing other real estate owned; and selling loans. The reduction of nonperforming and 
problem loans is and will continue to be a high priority for the Company. 

The following table summarizes our nonperforming assets and accruing TDRs as of December 31. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Nonperforming assets 
Nonaccrual loans 
Total loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing 
Other real estate owned 

Total nonperforming assets 

Total accruing TDRs 

As a percent of total loans: 

Nonaccrual loans 
Accruing TDRs 
Nonaccrual loans and accruing TDRs 

As a percent of total loans and other real estate owned: 

Nonperforming assets 
Nonperforming assets and accruing TDRs 

As a percent of total assets: 

Nonaccrual loans 
Nonperforming assets 
Accruing TDRs 
Nonperforming assets and accruing TDRs 

49 

2020 

2019 

  $ 

  $ 

 5,455  
 804  
 —  
 6,259  

  $ 

 6,997  

$ 

$ 

$ 

 10,590  
 1,326  
 74  
 11,990  

 7,501  

 0.38 %    
 0.48 %    
 0.86 %    

 0.85 %  
 0.60 %  
 1.45 %  

 0.43 %    
 0.91 %    

 0.96 %  
 1.56 %  

 0.28 %    
 0.32 %    
 0.36 %    
 0.69 %    

 0.68 %  
 0.77 %  
 0.48 %  
 1.25 %  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
    
     
 
    
    
  
    
  
 
     
 
   
 
 
     
 
   
 
    
    
  
   
    
    
    
 
     
 
   
 
    
    
  
   
    
    
 
     
 
   
 
    
    
  
   
    
    
    
    
 
Market Risk Management and Interest Sensitivity 

The Company’s net income is largely dependent on its net interest income. Net interest income is susceptible to interest 
rate risk to the extent that interest-bearing liabilities mature or re-price on a different basis than interest-earning assets. 
When interest-bearing liabilities mature or re-price more quickly than interest-earning assets in a given period, a significant 
increase  in  market  rates  of  interest  could  adversely  affect  net  interest  income.  Similarly,  when  interest-earning  assets 
mature  or  re-price  more  quickly  than  interest-bearing  liabilities,  falling  interest  rates  could  result  in  a  decrease  in  net 
interest income. Net interest income is also affected by changes in the portion of interest-earning assets that are funded by 
interest-bearing liabilities rather than by other sources of funds, such as noninterest-bearing deposits and stockholders’ 
equity. 

The Company’s interest rate risk management goals are (1) to increase net interest income at a growth rate consistent with 
the growth rate of total assets, and (2) to minimize fluctuations in net interest margin as a percentage of interest-earning 
assets.  Management  attempts  to  achieve  these  goals  by  balancing,  within  policy  limits,  the  volume  of  floating-rate 
liabilities with a similar volume of floating-rate assets; by keeping the average maturity of fixed-rate asset and liability 
contracts reasonably matched; by maintaining a pool of administered core deposits; and by adjusting pricing rates to market 
conditions on a continuing basis. 

The  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  has  established  a  comprehensive  asset  liability  management  policy,  which  is 
administered by management’s Asset Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”). The policy establishes limits on risk, 
which are quantitative measures of the percentage change in net interest income (a measure of net interest income at risk) 
and the fair value of equity capital (a measure of economic value of equity or “EVE” at risk) resulting from a hypothetical 
change in the yield curve of U.S. Treasury interest rates for maturities from one day to thirty years. The Company evaluates 
the  potential  adverse  impacts  that  changing  interest  rates  may  have  on  its  short-term  earnings,  long-term  value,  and 
liquidity  by  outsourcing  simulation  analysis  through  the  use  of  computer  modeling.  The  simulation  model  captures 
optionality  factors  such  as  call  features  and  interest  rate  caps  and  floors  imbedded  in  investment  and  loan  portfolio 
contracts. As with any method of gauging interest rate risk, there are certain shortcomings inherent in the interest rate 
modeling methodology used by the Company. When interest rates change, actual movements in different categories of 
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, loan prepayments, and withdrawals of time and other deposits, may 
deviate  significantly  from  assumptions  used  in  the  model.  As  an  example,  certain  money market deposit  accounts  are 
assumed to reprice at 50% of the interest rate change in each of the up rate shock scenarios even though this is not a 
contractual  requirement.  As  a  practical  matter,  management  would  likely  lag  the  impact  of  any  upward  movement  in 
market rates on these accounts as a mechanism to manage the Company’s net interest margin. Finally, the methodology 
does not measure or reflect the impact that higher rates may have on adjustable-rate loan customers’ ability to service their 
debts, or the impact of rate changes on demand for loan, lease, and deposit products. 

The  Company  presents  a  current  base  case  and  several  alternative  simulations  at  least  once  a  quarter  and  reports  the 
analysis  to  the  Board  of  Directors.  In  addition,  more  frequent  forecasts  could  be  produced  when  interest  rates  are 
particularly uncertain or when other business conditions so dictate. 

The statement of condition is subject to quarterly testing for six alternative interest rate shock possibilities to indicate the 
inherent interest rate risk. Average interest rates are shocked by +/- 100, 200, 300 and 400 basis points (“bp”), although 
the Company may elect not to use particular scenarios that it determines are impractical in a current rate environment. It 
is management’s goal to structure the balance sheet so that net interest earnings at risk over a twelve-month period and the 
economic value of equity at risk do not exceed policy guidelines at the various interest rate shock levels. 

Measures  of  net  interest  income  at  risk  produced  by  simulation  analysis  are  indicators  of  an  institution’s  short-term 
performance in alternative rate environments. These measures are typically based upon a relatively brief period, usually 
one year. They do not necessarily indicate the long-term prospects or economic value of the institution. 

The measures of equity value at risk indicate the ongoing economic value of the Company by considering the effects of 
changes in interest rates on all of the Company’s cash flows, and by discounting the cash flows to estimate the present 
value of  assets  and  liabilities. The difference  between  these  discounted values  of  the  assets  and  liabilities  is  the  EVE, 
which, in theory, approximates the fair value of the Company’s net assets. 

50 

The following tables present the projected change in the Bank’s net interest income and EVE at December 31, 2020 and 
2019 that would occur upon an immediate change in interest rates based on independent analysis, but without giving effect 
to any steps that management might take to counteract that change: 

Estimated Changes in Net Interest Income 
Change in Interest Rates: 
Policy Limit 

December 31, 2020 
December 31, 2019 

Estimated Changes in Economic Value of Equity 
Change in Interest Rates: 
Policy Limit 

December 31, 2020 
December 31, 2019 

   +400 bp    +300 bp    +200 bp    +100 bp   

(cid:4137)100 bp   

(cid:4137)200 bp  

 40 %   
 23.5 %  
 8.1 %   

 30 %   
 18.1 %  
 6.3 %   

 20 %   
 12.6 %  
 4.5 %   

 10 %   
 6.9 %  
 2.4 %   

 (10) %   
 (3.9) %  
 (7.7) %   

 (20)% 
 (4.8)%
 (13.2)% 

   +400 bp    +300 bp    +200 bp    +100 bp   

(cid:4137)100 bp   

(cid:4137)200 bp  

 25 %   
 13.9 %  
 (3.6)%   

 20 %   
 12.0 %  
 (1.2)%   

 15 %   
 10.0 %  
 1.3 %   

 10 %   
 6.9 %  
 1.4 %   

 (20)%   
 (16.7)%  
 (7.7)%   

 (35)% 
 (18.5)%
 (20.9)% 

As with any method of measuring interest rate risk, certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented 
in  the  foregoing  tables.  For  example,  although  certain  assets  and  liabilities  may  have  similar  maturities  or  periods  to 
repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Also, the interest rates on certain types 
of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types 
may lag behind changes in market rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as adjustable rate mortgage loans, have features 
which restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Further, if interest rates change, 
expected rates of prepayments on loans and early withdrawals from certificates of deposit could deviate significantly from 
those assumed in calculating the tables. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

In the normal course of business, to meet the financing needs of its customers, the Bank is party to financial instruments 
with off-balance sheet risk. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. 
The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to these financial instruments is 
represented by the contractual amount of the instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments 
and conditional obligations as they use for on-balance sheet instruments. The Bank generally requires collateral or other 
security to support the financial instruments with credit risk. The amount of collateral or other security is determined based 
on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. The Bank evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-
by-case basis. 

Commitments  to  extend  credit  are  agreements  to  lend  to  a  customer  as  long  as  there  is  no  violation  of  any  condition 
established in the contract. Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance 
of  a  customer to  a  third  party. Letters of  credit  and  other commitments  generally  have  fixed  expiration dates or other 
termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Because many of the letters of credit and commitments are expected 
to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. 
Further information about these arrangements is provided in Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Management does not believe that any of the foregoing arrangements have or are reasonably likely to have a current or 
future  effect  on  our  financial  condition,  revenues  or  expenses,  results  of  operations,  liquidity,  capital  expenditures  or 
capital resources that is material to investors. 

Liquidity Management 

Liquidity describes our ability to meet financial obligations that arise during the normal course of business. Liquidity is 
primarily needed to meet the borrowing and deposit withdrawal requirements of customers and to fund current and planned 
expenditures.  Liquidity  is  derived  through  increased  customer  deposits,  maturities  in  the  investment  portfolio,  loan 
repayments and income from earning assets. To the extent that deposits are not adequate to fund customer loan demand, 
liquidity needs can be met in the short-term funds markets. We have arrangements with correspondent banks whereby we 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
  
  
  
  
 
have $15 million available in federal funds lines of credit and a reverse repurchase agreement available to meet any short-
term needs which may not otherwise be funded by the Bank’s portfolio of readily marketable investments that can be 
converted to cash. The Bank is also a member of the FHLB, which provides another source of liquidity, and had credit 
availability of approximately $316.7 million from the FHLB as of December 31, 2020. 

At December 31, 2020, our loan to deposit ratio was approximately 85.5%, lower than the 93.1% at year-end 2019.  This 
decrease is the result of our excess liquidity position due to our deposits increasing $359.4 million, or 26.8% since year 
end  2019.  Investment  securities  available  for  sale  totaling  $139.6  million  at  the  end  of  2020  were  available  for  the 
management of liquidity and interest rate risk. The comparable amount was $122.8 million at December 31, 2019. Cash 
and cash equivalents were $186.9 million at December 31, 2020, an increase of $91.9 million, or 96.8%, compared to the 
$95.0  million  at year-end  2019,  which  reflects  the  increase  in  deposits  during  2020.  Management  is  not  aware  of  any 
demands, commitments, events or uncertainties that will materially affect our ability to maintain liquidity at satisfactory 
levels. 

Item 7A.      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk. 

The information required by this item may be found in Item 7 of Part II of this annual report under the caption “Market 
Risk Management and Interest Sensitivity”, which is incorporated herein by reference. 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 8.      Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Consolidated Balance Sheets 

Consolidated Statements of Income 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

54

            55 

57

58

59

60

62

63

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

Management of Shore Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) is responsible for the preparation, integrity and fair presentation 
of the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report. The Company’s consolidated financial statements 
have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and, as 
such, include some amounts that are based on the best estimates and judgments of management. 

The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting.  This  internal  control  system  is  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  to  management  and  the  Board  of 
Directors regarding the reliability of the Company’s financial reporting and the preparation and presentation of financial 
statements for external reporting purposes in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States 
of  America,  as  well  as  to  safeguard  assets  from  unauthorized  use  or  disposition.  The  system  of  internal  control  over 
financial reporting is evaluated for effectiveness by management and tested for reliability through a program of internal 
audit  with  actions  taken  to  correct  potential  deficiencies  as  they  are  identified.  Because  of  inherent  limitations  in  any 
internal control system, no matter how well designed, misstatement due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected, 
including the possibility of the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even an effective internal control 
system can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, because of changes 
in conditions, internal control effectiveness may vary over time. 

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 
2020 based upon criteria set forth in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 COSO Framework). 

Based on this assessment and on the foregoing criteria, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2020, the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective. This annual report does not include an attestation report 
of  the  Company’s  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  regarding  internal  control  over  financial  reporting. 
Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to rules 
of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the Company to provide only management’s report in its annual 
report. 

March 26, 2021 

/s/ Lloyd L. Beatty, Jr. 
Lloyd L. Beatty, Jr. 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

     /s/ Edward C. Allen 
  Edward C. Allen 
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

(Principal Financial Officer) 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Shore Bancshares, Inc. 
Easton, Maryland 

Opinion on the Financial Statements 
We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Shore  Bancshares,  Inc.  and  its  subsidiary  (the 
Company) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, 
changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial 
statements (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material 
respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its 
cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of 
America. 

Basis for Opinion 
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion 
on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public 
Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the 
Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and 
Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  PCAOB.  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and 
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, 
whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its 
internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control 
over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal 
control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether 
due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a 
test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating 
the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall 
presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Critical Audit Matter 
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements 
that  was  communicated  or  required  to  be  communicated  to  the  audit  committee  and  that:  (1)  relates  to  accounts  or 
disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex 
judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, 
taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the 
critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates. 

55 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Allowance for Loan Losses – Qualitative Formula Allowance 

As described in Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) and Note 3 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) 
to the consolidated financial statements, the Company maintains an allowance for credit losses to provide for probable 
losses inherent in the loan portfolio, which totaled $13,888,000 at December 31, 2020.  The Company’s allowance for 
credit losses consists of three components: (i) the specific allowance; (ii) the historical formula allowance; and (iii) the 
qualitative  formula  allowance.  For  loans  that  are  not  individually  evaluated  for  impairment,  the  qualitative  formula 
allowance uses various qualitative factors to develop loss percentages which are applied to the loan portfolio, by loan pool, 
based on management’s assessment of shared risk characteristics within groups of similar loans. The qualitative formula 
allowance is determined based on management’s continuing evaluation of internal and external factors (described in Note 
1), which may impact the underlying quality of the loan portfolio.  

Management exercised significant judgment when assessing the factors which serve as the basis for the qualitative formula 
allowance component of the allowance for credit losses estimate. We identified the assessment of those qualitative factors 
and the determination of the qualitative formula allowance as a critical audit matter as auditing the qualitative factors and 
the resultant qualitative formula allowance involved especially complex and subjective auditor judgment in evaluating 
management’s assessment of the inherently subjective estimates.   

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit 
The primary audit procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included: 
(cid:120)  Substantively testing management’s process, including evaluating their judgments and assumptions for developing

the qualitative formula allowance, which included: 
(cid:120)  Evaluating the completeness and accuracy of data inputs used as a basis for the qualitative factors. 
(cid:120)  Evaluating the reasonableness of management’s judgments related to the determination of qualitative factors. 
(cid:120)  Evaluating the qualitative factors for directional consistency and for reasonableness. 
(cid:120)  Testing  the  mathematical  accuracy  of  the  allowance  calculation,  including  the  application  of  the  qualitative 

factors. 

/s/ Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C. 

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2017. 

Winchester, Virginia 
March 26, 2021 

56 

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SHORE BANCSHARES, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
December 31, 

(In thousands, except share and per share data) 
ASSETS 
Cash and due from banks 
Interest-bearing deposits with other banks  

Cash and cash equivalents 

Investment securities: 

Available-for-sale, at fair value 
Held to maturity, at amortized cost - fair value of $65,828 (2020) and $8,654 (2019) 
Equity securities, at fair value 
Restricted securities 

Loans 
Less: allowance for credit losses 
Loans, net 

Premises and equipment, net 
Goodwill 
Other intangible assets, net 
Other real estate owned, net 
Right-of-use assets 
Other assets 

TOTAL ASSETS 

LIABILITIES 
Deposits: 

Noninterest-bearing 
Interest-bearing 
Total deposits 

Securities sold under retail repurchase agreements 
Advances from FHLB - long-term 
Subordinated debt 
Total borrowings 

Lease liabilities 
Other liabilities 
TOTAL LIABILITIES 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2020 

2019 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 16,666   
 170,251   
 186,917   

 139,568   
 65,706   
 1,395   
 3,626   

 1,454,256   
 (13,888)  
 1,440,368   

 24,924   
 17,518   
 1,719   
 —   
 4,795   
 46,779   
 1,933,315   

 509,091   
 1,191,614   
 1,700,705   

 1,050   
 —   
 24,429   
 25,479   

 4,874   
 7,238   
 1,738,296   

 18,465 
 76,506 
 94,971 

 122,791 
 8,786 
 1,342 
 4,190 

 1,248,654 
 (10,507)
 1,238,147 

 23,821 
 17,518 
 2,252 
 74 
 4,771 
 40,572 
 1,559,235 

 356,618 
 984,716 
 1,341,334 

 1,226 
 15,000 
 — 
 16,226 

 4,792 
 4,081 
 1,366,433 

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 
Common stock, par value $.01 per share; shares authorized - 35,000,000; shares issued and outstanding - 
11,783,380 (2020) and 12,500,372 (2019) 
Additional paid in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive income 
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 

 118   
 52,167   
 141,205   
 1,529   
 195,019   

 125 
 61,045 
 131,425 
 207 
 192,802 

$ 

 1,933,315   

$ 

 1,559,235 

The notes to the consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements. 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
SHORE BANCSHARES, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 
For the Years Ended December 31, 

(In thousands, except per share data) 
INTEREST INCOME 

Interest and fees on loans 
Interest and dividends on investment securities: 

Taxable 

Interest on deposits with other banks 

Total interest income 

INTEREST EXPENSE 
Interest on deposits 
Interest on short-term borrowings 
Interest on long-term borrowings 

Total interest expense 

NET INTEREST INCOME 
Provision for credit losses 

2020 

2019 

  $ 

 56,420   

$ 

 55,391 

 2,997   
 260   
 59,677   

 6,440   
 5   
 635   
 7,080   

 52,597   
 3,900   

 3,582 
 794 
 59,767 

 8,726 
 481 
 429 
 9,636 

 50,131 
 700 

NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES 

 48,697   

 49,431 

NONINTEREST INCOME 

Service charges on deposit accounts 
Trust and investment fee income 
Gains on sales and calls of investment securities 
Other noninterest income 

Total noninterest income 

NONINTEREST EXPENSE 

Salaries and wages 
Employee benefits 
Occupancy expense 
Furniture and equipment expense 
Data processing 
Directors' fees 
Amortization of other intangible assets 
FDIC insurance premium expense 
Other real estate owned expenses, net 
Legal and professional fees 
Other noninterest expenses 

Total noninterest expense 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes 
Income tax expense 

Income from continuing operations 

Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes 
Income tax benefit  

Loss from discontinued operations 

NET INCOME 
Earnings per common share - Basic and diluted 

Income from continuing operations 
Loss from discontinued operations 

Net income 

Dividends paid per common share 

 2,839   
 1,558   
 347   
 6,005   
 10,749   

 14,935   
 6,461   
 2,919   
 1,224   
 4,288   
 504   
 533   
 485   
 56   
 2,296   
 4,698   
 38,399   

 21,047   
 5,317   
 15,730   

 —   
 —   
 —   

  $ 

 15,730   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 1.27   
 —   
 1.27   

 0.48   

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 3,910 
 1,522 
 — 
 4,588 
 10,020 

 15,413 
 5,283 
 2,758 
 1,107 
 3,790 
 479 
 605 
 344 
 425 
 2,223 
 5,130 
 37,557 

 21,894 
 5,610 
 16,284 

 (113)
 (27)
 (86)

 16,198 

 1.28 
 (0.01)
 1.27 

 0.42 

The notes to the consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements. 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SHORE BANCSHARES, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
For the Years Ended December 31, 

(In thousands) 
Net income 

Other comprehensive income: 

Investment securities: 

Unrealized holding gains on available-for-sale-securities 
Tax effect 

Reclassification of (gains) recognized in net income 
Tax effect 

2020 
 15,730  

$ 

2019 
 16,198 

  $ 

 2,151  
 (581) 

 (347) 
 88  

 4,314 
 (1,178)

 — 
 — 

Amortization of unrealized loss on securities transferred from available-for-sale to 
held-to-maturity 
Tax effect 

Total other comprehensive income 

Comprehensive income 

 15  
 (4) 
 1,322  
 17,052  

$ 

 29 
 (8)
 3,157 
 19,355 

  $ 

The notes to the consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements. 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
SHORE BANCSHARES, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 

  Accumulated   

(In thousands) 
Balances, January 1, 2020 

Net income 

Other comprehensive income 

Stock-based compensation 

Vesting of restricted stock, net of shares surrendered 

Cash dividends declared 

Balances, March 31, 2020 

Net Income 

Other comprehensive income 

Stock-based compensation 

Cash dividends declared 

Balances, June 30, 2020 

Net Income 

Other comprehensive (loss) 

Retirement of common stock 

Stock-based compensation 

Cash dividends declared 

Net Income 

Other comprehensive (loss) 

Retirement of common stock 

Stock-based compensation 

Cash dividends declared 

Exercise of options 

  Additional  
Paid in 

Other 
  Retained    Comprehensive  Stockholders’
Income 

Total 

     Capital       Earnings       

 125    $   61,045    $  131,425    $ 

 207    $ 

Equity 
 192,802 

  Common  
     Stock 
  $ 

 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 3,118   

 —   

 3,118 

 —   

 61   

 (39) 

 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 (1,499) 

 1,251   

 1,251 

 —   

 —   

 —   

 61 

 (39)

 (1,499)

  $ 

 125    $   61,067    $  133,044    $ 

 1,458    $ 

 195,694 

 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 5,335   

 —   

 5,335 

 —   

 62   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 (1,503) 

 546   

 —   

 —   

 546 

 62 

 (1,503)

  $ 

 125    $   61,129    $  136,876    $ 

 2,004    $ 

 200,134 

 —   

 3,391   

 —   

 3,391 

 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 (3) 

 (3,106) 

 —   

 (1,502) 

 —   

 67   

 —   

 73   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 (4) 

 (5,999) 

 —   

 (1,446) 

 3   

 —   

 (100) 

 (100)

 —   

 —   

 —   

 (3,109)

 67 

 (1,502)

 (375) 

 (375)

 —   

 —   

 —   

 —   

 (6,003)

 73 

 (1,446)

 3 

Balances, September 30, 2020 

  $ 

 122    $   58,090    $  138,765    $ 

 1,904    $ 

 198,881 

 —   

 3,886   

 —   

 3,886 

Balances, December 31, 2020 

  $ 

 118    $   52,167    $  141,205    $ 

 1,529    $ 

 195,019 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
61 

AccumulatedAdditionalOtherTotalCommonPaid	inRetainedComprehensiveStockholders’StockCapitalEarningsIncome	(Loss)Equity$	127$	65,434$	120,574$	(2,950)$	183,185	—	—	3,754	—	3,754	—	—	—	1,446	1,446	—	63	—	—	63	1	(89)	—	—	(88)	—	—	(1,278)	—	(1,278)$	128$	65,408$	123,050$	(1,504)$	187,082	—	—	4,224	—	4,224	—	—	—	1,311	1,311	—	(32)	—	—	(32)	—	—	(1,278)	—	(1,278)$	128$	65,376$	125,996$(193)$	191,307	—	—	4,206	—	4,206	—	—	—	226	226	(1)	(558)	—	—	(559)	—	61	—	—	61	—	—	(1,278)	—	(1,278)$	127$	64,879$	128,924$	33$	193,963	—	—	4,014	—	4,014	—	—	—	174	174	(2)	(3,891)	—	—	(3,893)	—	57	—	—	57	—	—	(1,513)	—	(1,513)(In	thousands)Balances,	January	1,	2019Net	IncomeOther	comprehensive	incomeStock-based	compensationExercise	of	options	and	vesting	of	restricted	stock,	net	of	shares	surrendered Cash	dividends	declaredBalances,	March	31,	2019Net	IncomeOther	comprehensive	incomeStock-based	compensationCash	dividends	declaredBalances,	June	30,	2019Net	IncomeOther	comprehensive	incomeRetirement	of	common	stockStock-based	compensationCash	dividends	declaredBalances,	September	30,	2019Net	IncomeOther	comprehensive	incomeRetirement	of	common	stockStock-based	compensationCash	dividends	declaredBalances,	December	31,	2019$	125$	61,045$	131,425$	207$	192,802The	notes	to	the	consolidated	financial	statements	are	an	integral	part	of	these	statements.SHORE BANCSHARES, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
For the Years Ended December 31, 

(In thousands) 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 
Net Income 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 

2020 

2019 

$ 

 15,730   

$ 

 16,198 

Net accretion of acquisition accounting estimates 
Provision for credit losses 
Depreciation and amortization 
Net amortization of securities 
Amortization of debt issuance costs 
Stock-based compensation expense 
Deferred income (benefit) tax expense 
(Gains) on sales and calls of securities 
Losses on sales and disposals of premises and equipment 
Losses on sales and valuation adjustments on other real estate owned 
Fair value adjustment on equity securities 
Net changes in: 

Accrued interest receivable 
Cash surrender values on compensation plans 
Other assets 
Accrued interest payable 
Other liabilities 

Net cash provided by operating activities 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 

Proceeds from maturities and principal payments of investment securities available for sale 
Proceeds from sales and calls of investment securities available for sale 
Purchases of investment securities available for sale 
Proceeds from maturities and principal payments of investment securities held to maturity 

   Purchases of securities held to maturity 

Purchases of equity securities 
Net change in loans 
Purchases of premises and equipment 
Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment 
Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned 
Net redemption of restricted securities 
Purchases of bank owned life insurance 

Net cash (used in) investing activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 

Net changes in: 

Noninterest-bearing deposits 
Interest-bearing deposits 
Short-term borrowings 
Long-term borrowings 

Proceeds from the issuance of subordinated debt, net of issuance costs 
Common stock dividends paid 
Retirement of common stock 
Repurchase of shares for tax withholding on exercised options and vested restricted stock 
Stock options exercised 

Net cash provided by financing activities 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 
Supplemental cash flows information: 

Interest paid 
Income taxes paid 
Lease liabilities arising from right-of-use assets 
Unrealized gain on securities available for sale 
Amortization of unrealized loss on securities transferred from available for sale to held to maturity 

The notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements. 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

62 

 (330) 
 3,900   
 2,476   
 513   
 40   
 263   
 (2,185) 
 (347) 
 41   
 56   
 (28) 

 (3,161) 
 (917) 
 (255) 
 317   
 2,317   
 18,430   

 45,329   
 13,019   
 (73,450) 
 244   
 (57,186) 
 (25) 
 (205,901) 
 (2,375) 
 2   
 18   
 564   
 (319) 
 (280,080) 

 152,473   
 207,008   
 (176) 
 (15,000) 
 24,389   
 (5,950) 
 (9,112) 
 (39) 
 3   
 353,596   
 91,946   
 94,971   
 186,917   

 6,833   
 7,935   
 605   
 1,804   
 15   

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

 (468)
 700 
 2,393 
 512 
 — 
 149 
 241 
 — 
 — 
 417 
 (42)

 (110)
 (443)
 2,304 
 (274)
 (7,834)
 13,743 

 35,447 
 — 
 — 
 1,282 
 (4,000)
 (31)
 (53,528)
 (2,244)
 — 
 731 
 2,286 
 (25,621)
 (45,678)

 26,152 
 103,002 
 (59,586)
 — 
 — 
 (5,347)
 (4,452)
 (88)
 — 

 59,681 
 27,746 
 67,225 
 94,971 

 10,071 
 11,920 
 5,243 
 4,314 
 29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Shore  Bancshares, Inc.  and  its  subsidiary  (collectively 
referred to in these Notes as the “Company”), with all significant intercompany transactions eliminated. The investment 
in subsidiary is recorded on the Company’s books (Parent only) on the basis of its equity in the net assets of the subsidiary. 
The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States  of  America  (“GAAP”).  For  purposes  of  comparability,  certain  reclassifications  have  been  made  to  amounts 
previously  reported  to  conform  with  the  current  period  presentation.  Reclassifications  had  no  effect  on  prior  year  net 
income or stockholders’ equity.  

Nature of Operations 

The  Company  engages  in  the  banking  business  through  Shore  United  Bank,  a  Maryland  commercial  bank  with  trust 
powers. The Company’s primary source of revenue is interest earned on commercial, real estate and consumer loans made 
to customers located in Maryland, Delaware and the Eastern Shore of Virginia. The Company engages in the trust services 
business through the trust department at Shore United Bank under the trade name Wye Financial Partners. 

Use of Estimates 

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, 
and affect the reported amounts of revenues earned and expenses incurred during the reporting period. Actual results could 
differ from those estimates. Estimates that could change significantly relate to the determination of the allowance for loan 
losses, and the subsequent evaluation of goodwill for impairment. 

Investment Securities Available for Sale 

Investment securities available for sale are stated at estimated fair value based on quoted prices. They represent those debt 
securities which management may sell as part of its asset/liability management strategy or which may be sold in response 
to changing interest rates, changes in prepayment risk or other similar factors. Realized gains and losses are recorded in 
noninterest  income  and  are  determined  on  a  trade  date  basis  using  the  specific  identification  method.  Premiums  and 
discounts are amortized or accreted into interest income using the interest method over the lives of the individual securities. 
Interest on investment securities is recognized in interest income on an accrual basis. Net unrealized holding gains and 
losses on these securities are reported as accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of stockholders’ 
equity, net of related income taxes. Declines in the fair value of individual available-for-sale securities below their cost 
that  are  other  than  temporary  result  in  write-downs  of  the  individual  securities  to  their  fair  value  and  are  reflected  in 
earnings  as  realized  losses.  Factors  affecting  the  determination  of  whether  an  other-than-temporary  impairment  has 
occurred include a downgrade of the security by a rating agency, a significant deterioration in the financial condition of 
the issuer, or a determination that management has the intent to sell the security or will be required to sell the security 
before recovery of its amortized cost. 

Investment Securities Held to Maturity 

Investment securities held to maturity are stated at cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. 
Purchase  premiums  and  discounts  are  recognized  in  interest  income  using  the  interest  method  over  the  terms  of  the 
securities. The Company intends and has the ability to hold such securities until maturity. Declines in the fair value of 
individual held-to-maturity securities below their cost that are other than temporary result in write-downs of the individual 
securities  to  their  fair  value.  Factors  affecting  the  determination  of  whether  an  other-than-temporary  impairment  has 
occurred include a downgrade of the security by a rating agency, a significant deterioration in the financial condition of 
the issuer, or a determination that management has the intent to sell the security or will be required to sell the security 
before recovery of its amortized cost. 

63 

Equity Securities 

Equity securities with readily determinable fair values are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value reported in net 
income. Any equity securities without readily determinable fair values are carried at cost, minus impairment, if any, plus 
or  minus  changes  resulting  from  observable  price  changes  in  orderly  transactions  for  identical  or  similar  investments. 
Restricted equity securities are carried at cost and are periodically evaluated for impairment based on the ultimate recovery 
of par value. The entirety of any impairment on equity securities is recognized in earnings. 

Loans 

Loans are stated at their principal amount outstanding net of any deferred fees, premiums, discounts and costs and net of 
any  partial  charge-offs.  Interest  income  on  loans  is  accrued  at  the  contractual  rate  based  on  the  principal  amount 
outstanding.  Fees  charged  and  costs  capitalized  for  originating  loans  are  being  amortized  substantially  on  the  interest 
method over the term of the loan. A loan is placed on nonaccrual (i.e., interest income is no longer accrued) when it is 
specifically determined to be impaired or when principal or interest is delinquent for 90 days or more, unless the loan is 
well  secured  and  in  the  process  of  collection. Any unpaid  interest  previously  accrued  on  those  loans  is  reversed from 
income. Interest payments received on nonaccrual loans are applied as a reduction of the loan principal balance unless 
collectability of the principal amount is reasonably assured, in which case interest is recognized on a cash basis. Loans are 
returned to accrual status when all principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments 
are reasonably assured. 

A  loan  is  considered  impaired  if  it  is  probable  that  the  Company  will  not  collect  all  principal  and  interest  payments 
according to the loan’s contractual terms when due. An impaired loan may show deficiencies in the borrower’s overall 
financial condition, payment history, support available from financial guarantors and/or the fair market value of collateral. 
The impairment of a loan is measured at the present value of expected future cash flows using the loan’s effective interest 
rate, or at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Generally, 
the Company measures impairment on such loans by reference to the fair value of the collateral or the present value of 
expected future cash flows. Once the amount of impairment has been determined, the uncollectible portion is charged off. 
Income on nonaccrual impaired loans is recognized on a cash basis, and payments are first applied against the principal 
balance outstanding (i.e., placing impaired loans on nonaccrual status). Generally, interest income is not recognized on 
impaired loans unless the likelihood of further loss is remote or the impairment analysis yielded no impairment for the 
loan. The allowance for credit losses may include specific reserves related to impaired loans. Specific reserves remain 
until charge offs are made. Reserves for probable credit losses related to these loans are based on historical loss ratios and 
an analysis of qualitative factors and are included in the formula portion of the allowance for credit losses. See additional 
discussion below under the section, “Allowance for Credit Losses”. 

A loan is considered a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) if a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties and a creditor 
has  granted  a  concession.  Concessions  may  include  interest  rate  reductions  or  below  market  interest  rates,  principal 
forgiveness,  restructuring  amortization  schedules  and  other  actions  intended  to  minimize  potential  losses.  Loans  are 
identified to be restructured when signs of impairment arise such as borrower interest rate reduction request, slowness to 
pay, or when an inability to repay becomes evident. The terms being offered are evaluated to determine if they are more 
liberal than those that would be indicated by policy or industry standards for similar, untroubled credits. In those situations 
where the terms or the interest rates are considered to be more favorable than industry standards or the current underwriting 
guidelines  of  the  Company’s  banking  subsidiary,  the  loan  is  classified  as  a  TDR. All  loans  designated  as  TDRs  are 
considered impaired loans and may be on either accrual or nonaccrual status. In instances where the loan has been placed 
on nonaccrual status, six consecutive months of timely payments are required prior to returning the loan to accrual status. 

All  loans  classified  as  TDRs  which  are  restructured  and  accrue  interest  under  revised  terms  require  a  full  and 
comprehensive  review  of  the  borrower’s  financial  condition,  capacity  for  repayment,  realistic  assessment  of  collateral 
values, and the assessment of risk entered into any workout agreement. Current financial information on the borrower, 
guarantor, and underlying collateral is analyzed to determine if it supports the ultimate collection of principal and interest. 
For commercial loans, the cash flows are analyzed, both for the underlying project and globally. For consumer loans, 
updated  salary,  credit  history  and  cash  flow  information  is  obtained.  Current  market  conditions  are  also  considered. 
Following a full analysis, the determination of the appropriate loan structure is made. The Company does not participate 

64 

in any specific government or Company sponsored loan modification programs. All TDR loan agreements are contracts 
negotiated with each of the borrowers. 

Allowance for Credit Losses 

The allowance for credit losses is maintained at a level believed adequate by management to absorb losses inherent in the 
loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date and is based on the size and current risk characteristics of the loan portfolio, an 
assessment  of individual problem  loans  and  actual  loss  experience,  current  economic events  in  specific  industries and 
geographical areas, including unemployment levels, and other pertinent factors, including regulatory guidance and general 
economic  conditions  and  other  observable  data.  Determination  of  the  allowance  is  inherently  subjective  as  it  requires 
significant estimates, including the amounts and timing of expected future cash flows or collateral value of impaired loans, 
estimated  losses  on  pools  of  similar  loans  that  are  based  on  historical  loss  experience,  and  consideration  of  current 
economic trends, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. Loans, or portions thereof, that are considered 
uncollectible are charged off against the allowance, while recoveries of amounts previously charged off are credited to the 
allowance. The criteria for charge offs are addressed in the Bank’s Collection and Workout Policy. Per the policy, the 
recognition of the loss of loans or portions of loans will occur when there is a reasonable probability of loss. When the 
amount of loss can be readily calculated, the loss will be recognized. In cases where a probable charge-off amount cannot 
be  calculated,  specific  reserves  will  be  maintained.  A  provision  for  credit  losses  is  charged  to  income  based  on 
management’s periodic evaluation of the factors previously mentioned, as well as other pertinent factors. Evaluations are 
conducted at least quarterly and more often if deemed necessary. 

The allowance for credit losses is an estimate of the losses that may be sustained in the loan portfolio. The allowance is 
based  on  two  basic  principles  of  accounting:  (i) Topic  450,  “ Contingencies  ”,  of  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards 
Board’s Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”), which requires that losses be accrued when they are probable of 
occurring and estimable; and (ii) ASC Topic 310, “  Receivables ”, which requires that losses be accrued based on the 
differences  between  the  loan  balance  and  the  value  of  collateral,  present  value  of  future  cash  flows  or  values  that  are 
observable in the secondary market. Management uses many factors to estimate the inherent loss that may be present in 
our loan portfolio as discussed further below. Actual losses could differ significantly from management’s estimates. In 
addition,  GAAP  itself  may  change  from  one  previously  acceptable  method  to  another.  Although  the  economics  of 
transactions would be the same, the timing of events that would impact the transactions could change. 

Three basic components comprise our allowance for credit losses: (i) the specific allowance; (ii) the historical formula 
allowance; and (iii) the qualitative formula allowance. Each component is determined based on estimates that can and do 
change when the actual events occur. The specific allowance is established against impaired loans based on our assessment 
of the losses that may be associated with the individual loans. The specific allowance remains until charge-offs are made 
or the metrics underlying the impairment calculation change. An impaired loan may show deficiencies in the borrower’s 
overall financial condition, payment history, support available from financial guarantors and/or the fair market value of 
collateral. 

The historical formula allowance is used to estimate the loss on internally risk-rated loans, exclusive of those identified as 
impaired. Loans are grouped by type (construction, residential real estate, commercial real estate, commercial or consumer) 
and similar risk characteristics. Each loan pool is assigned allowance factors based on management’s estimate of the risk, 
complexity and size of individual loans within a particular category using average historical charge-offs by segment over 
the last 16 quarters. Loans identified as pass-watch, special mention, substandard, and doubtful are considered to have 
elevated credit risk. These loans are assigned higher allowance factors than favorably rated loans due to management’s 
concerns  regarding  collectability  or  management’s  knowledge  of  particular  elements  regarding  the  borrower.  The 
qualitative formula allowance captures losses that have impacted the portfolio but have yet to be recognized in either the 
specific or historical formula allowance. A pass-watch loan has adequate risk and may include loans which may have been 
upgraded from another higher risk category. A special mention loan has potential weaknesses that could result in a future 
loss to the Company if the weaknesses are realized. A substandard loan has certain deficiencies that could result in a future 
loss to the Company if these deficiencies are not corrected. A doubtful loan has enough risk that there is a high probability 
that the Company will sustain a loss. 

65 

The qualitative formula allowance is used to adjust the historical formula allowance to an amount that is reflective of the 
probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The qualitative formula allowance is established through the evaluation of 
various qualitative factors which are used to develop loss percentages that are applied to the identified pools of loans that 
are not individually evaluated for impairment. Management has significant discretion in making the adjustments inherent 
in the determination of the provision and allowance for credit losses, including the establishment of the allowance factors 
in the qualitative formula allowance component of the allowance. The establishment of the qualitative factors used in the 
qualitative formula allowance is a continuing exercise, based on management’s ongoing assessment of the totality of all 
factors, including, but not limited to, delinquencies, loss history, effects of changes in lending policy, the experience and 
depth of management, national and local economic trends, concentrations of credit, the quality of the loan review system 
and the effect of other factors as deemed appropriate, and their impact on the portfolio. Allowance factors may change 
from period to period, resulting in an increase or decrease in the amount of the provision or allowance, based on the same 
volume and classification of loans. Changes in allowance factors will have a direct impact on the amount of the provision, 
and a corresponding effect on net income. Errors in management’s perception and assessment of these factors and their 
impact on the portfolio could result in the allowance not being adequate to cover losses in the portfolio, and may result in 
additional provisions or charge-offs. 

Premises and Equipment 

Land is carried at cost and premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. 
Depreciation and amortization are calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. 
Useful lives range from three to 10 years for furniture, fixtures and equipment; three to five years for computer hardware 
and  data  handling  equipment;  and  10  to  40 years  for  buildings  and  building  improvements.  Land  improvements  are 
amortized  over  a  period  of  15 years  and  leasehold  improvements  are  amortized  over  the  term  of  the  respective  lease. 
Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, while improvements which extend the useful life of an asset 
are capitalized and depreciated over the estimated remaining life of the asset. 

Long-lived assets are evaluated periodically for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying 
amount may not be recoverable. Impairment exists when the expected undiscounted future cash flows of a long-lived asset 
are less than its carrying value. In that event, the Company recognizes a loss for the difference between the carrying amount 
and the estimated fair value of the asset. 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Other intangible 
assets  represent  purchased  assets  that  also  lack  physical  substance  but  can  be  distinguished  from  goodwill  because  of 
contractual  or  other  legal  rights  or  because  the  asset  is  capable  of  being  sold  or  exchanged  either  on  its  own  or  in 
combination with  a  related  contract,  asset or  liability.  Goodwill  and other  intangible  assets  are  initially  required  to  be 
recorded at fair value. Determining fair value is subjective, requiring the use of estimates, assumptions and management 
judgment. 

Goodwill  is  tested  at  least  annually  for  impairment,  usually  during  the  fourth  quarter,  or  on  an  interim  basis  if 
circumstances dictate. Intangible assets that have finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and also are 
subject to impairment testing. 

Goodwill impairment testing requires a qualitative assessment or that the fair value of each of the Company’s reporting 
units be compared to the carrying amount of its net assets, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less 
than book value,  an  expense  may  be  required  to  write  down  the related  goodwill  to  record  an  impairment  loss.  As  of 
December 31, 2020, the Company had one reporting unit and operating segment (i.e., the Bank). 

During 2020 and 2019, goodwill and other intangible assets were subjected to assessments for impairment. No impairment 
charges were recognized in either year. Our assessment of goodwill concluded it was not more likely that not that the fair 
value of the Company's reporting unit was less than its carrying amount.   

66 

Other Real Estate Owned 

Other real estate owned represents assets acquired in satisfaction of loans either by foreclosure or deeds taken in lieu of 
foreclosure. Properties acquired are recorded at fair value less estimated selling costs at the time of acquisition, establishing 
a new cost basis. Thereafter, costs incurred to operate or carry the properties as well as reductions in value as determined 
by  periodic  appraisals  are  charged  to  operating  expense.  Gains and  losses  resulting  from  the  final  disposition  of  the 
properties are included in noninterest expense. 

Borrowings 

Short-term and long-term borrowings are comprised primarily of FHLB borrowings. A portion of the Company’s short-
term borrowings are re-purchase agreements. The repurchase agreements are securities sold to the Company’s customers, 
at  the  customers’  request,  under  a  continuing  “roll-over”  contract  that  matures  in  one  business  day.  The  underlying 
securities  sold  are  U.S.  Government  agency  securities,  which  are  segregated  from  the  Company’s  other  investment 
securities by its safekeeping agents. 

Subordinated Debt 

Subordinated debt is carried at its outstanding principal balance, net of any unamortized issuance costs. For additional 
information on the Company’s subordinated debt, refer to Note 11 of the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Income Taxes 

The Company and its subsidiary file a consolidated federal income tax return. The Company accounts for income taxes 
using the liability method in accordance with required accounting guidance. Under this method, deferred tax assets and 
liabilities are determined by applying the applicable federal and state income tax rates to cumulative temporary differences. 
These temporary differences represent differences between financial statement carrying amounts and the corresponding 
tax bases of certain assets and liabilities. Deferred taxes result from such temporary differences. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the 
financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets 
and  liabilities  are  measured  using  enacted  tax  rates  expected  to  apply  to  taxable  income  in  the years  in  which  those 
temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change 
in tax rates is recognized in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred 
tax  assets  to  the  expected  amount  most  likely  to  be  realized.  Realization  of  deferred  tax  assets  is  dependent  on  the 
generation of a sufficient level of future taxable income, recoverable taxes paid in prior years and tax planning strategies. 
The  Company  evaluates  all  positive  and  negative  evidence  before  determining  if  a  valuation  allowance  is  deemed 
necessary regarding the realization of deferred tax assets. 

The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties as a component of tax expense.  

The provision for income taxes includes the impact of reserve provisions and changes in the reserves that are considered 
appropriate  as  well  as  the  related  net  interest  and  penalties.  In  addition,  the  Company  is  subject  to  the  continuous 
examination  of  its  income  tax  returns  by  the  IRS  and  other  tax  authorities  which  may  assert  assessments  against  the 
Company. The Company regularly assesses the likelihood of  adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations and 
assessments to determine the adequacy of its provision for income taxes. The Company remains subject to examination 
for tax years ending on or after December 31, 2017. 

Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Common Share 

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average 
number  of  common  shares  outstanding  and  does  not  include  the  effect  of  any  potentially  dilutive  common  stock 
equivalents. Included in this calculation due to dividend participation rights are restricted stock awards which have been 

67 

granted.  Diluted  earnings  per  share  is  calculated  by  dividing  net  income  by  the  weighted-average  number  of  shares 
outstanding, adjusted for the effect of any potentially dilutive common stock equivalents. 

Transfers of Financial Assets 

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over 
transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (i) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (ii) the transferee 
obtains  the  right  (free  of  conditions  that  constrain  it  from  taking  advantage  of  that  right)  to  pledge  or  exchange  the 
transferred  assets,  and  (iii) the  Company  does  not  maintain  effective  control  over  the  transferred  assets  through  an 
agreement to repurchase them before their maturity. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with other banks and federal funds sold are considered “cash and cash 
equivalents” for financial reporting purposes. Certain interest-bearing deposits with banks may exceed balances that are 
recoverable under Federal Deposit Insurance (“FDIC”) insurance. Balances in excess of FDIC insurance at December 31, 
2020 were approximately $6.7 million. 

Share-Based Compensation 

The Company may grant share-based compensation to employees and non-employee directors in the form of restricted 
stock, restricted stock units and stock options. The fair value of restricted stock is determined based on the closing price 
of the Parent’s common stock on the date of grant. The Company recognizes compensation expense related to restricted 
stock on a straight-line basis over the vesting period for service-based awards. The fair value of RSUs is initially valued 
based on the closing price of the Parent’s common stock on the date of grant and is amortized in the statement of income 
over the vesting period. The RSUs are subsequently remeasured in each reporting period until settlement based on the 
quantity of awards for which it is probable that the performance conditions will be achieved. The fair value of stock options 
is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and related assumptions. The Company uses 
historical  data  to  predict  option  exercise  and  employee  termination  behavior.  Expected  volatilities  are  based  on  the 
historical volatility of the Parent’s common stock. The expected term of options granted is derived from actual historical 
exercise activity and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate 
is derived from the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant based on the expected life of the option. The 
dividend yield is equal to the dividend yield of the Parent’s common stock at the time of grant. Expense related to stock 
options is recorded in the statements of income as a component of salaries and benefits for employees and as a component 
of other noninterest expense for non-employee directors, with a corresponding increase to capital surplus in shareholders’ 
equity.  

Fair Value 

The Company measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value, with the measurements made on a recurring or 
nonrecurring basis. Financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis are investment securities available 
for sale and equity securities with readily determinable fair values. Impaired loans and other real estate owned are financial 
instruments  measured  at  fair  value  on  a nonrecurring basis.  Fair  value  is  defined  as  the  exchange  price  that  would  be 
received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset 
or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. In determining fair value, the 
Company is required to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs, reducing 
subjectivity. See Note 20 for a further discussion of fair value. 

Advertising Costs 

Advertising costs are generally expensed as incurred. The Company incurred advertising costs for continuing operations 
of  approximately  $331  thousand  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  and  $425  thousand  for  the year  ended 
December 31, 2019. 

68 

Comprehensive Income 

Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income consists of 
unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities net of any gains recognized from the sale of available-for-sale 
securities  and  the  amortization  of  unrealized  losses  on  securities  transferred  from  AFS  to  HTM.  In  2020,  the  amount 
reclassified out of accumulated comprehensive income was a gain on available-for-sale securities of $347 thousand. The 
related  tax  effect  for  the  reclassification  was  $88  thousand.  There  were  no  reclassifications  from  accumulated  other 
comprehensive income in 2019.  

Recent Accounting Standards and Other Authoritative Guidance 

ASU No. 2016-13 – In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 
326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.”  The amendments in this ASU, among other things, require 
the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, 
current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Financial institutions and other organizations will now use 
forward-looking information to better inform their credit loss estimates. Many of the loss estimation techniques applied 
today will still be permitted, although the inputs to those techniques will change to reflect the full amount of expected 
credit  losses.  In  addition,  the  ASU  amends  the  accounting  for  credit  losses  on  available-for-sale  debt  securities  and 
purchased  financial  assets  with  credit  deterioration.  At  the  FASB’s  October  16,  2019  meeting,  the  Board  affirmed  its 
decision  to  amend  the  effective  date  of  this  ASU  for  many  companies.    Public  business  entities  that  are  SEC  filers, 
excluding those meeting the smaller reporting company definition, will retain the initial required implementation date of 
fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019.  All other entities will be 
required to apply the guidance for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2022. 
At this time, the Company has established a project management team which meets periodically to discuss and assign roles 
and responsibilities, key tasks to complete, and a general timeline to be followed for implementation. The team has been 
working  with  an  advisory  consultant  and  has  purchased  a  vendor  model  for  implementation.  Historical  data  has  been 
collected and uploaded to the new model and the team is in the process of finalizing the methodologies that will be utilized. 
The  team  is  currently  running  a  parallel  simulation  to  its  current  incurred  loss  impairment  model.  The  Company  is 
continuing  to  evaluate  the  extent  of  the  potential  impact  of  this  standard  and  continues  to  keep  current  on  evolving 
interpretations and industry practices via webcasts, publications, conferences, and peer bank meetings.  

Effective November 25, 2019, the SEC adopted Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) 119.  SAB 119 updated portions of SEC 
interpretative guidance to align with FASB ASC 326, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses.”  It covers topics including 
(1)  measuring  current  expected  credit  losses;  (2)  development,  governance,  and  documentation  of  a  systematic 
methodology; (3) documenting the results of a systematic methodology; and (4) validating a systematic methodology. 

ASU No. 2019-12 – In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740) – Simplifying the 
Accounting for Income Taxes.”  The ASU is expected to reduce cost and complexity related to the accounting for income 
taxes  by  removing  specific  exceptions  to  general  principles  in  Topic  740  (eliminating  the  need  for  an  organization  to 
analyze whether certain exceptions apply in a given period) and improving financial statement preparers’ application of 
certain  income  tax-related  guidance.  This  ASU  is  part  of  the  FASB’s  simplification  initiative  to  make  narrow-scope 
simplifications and improvements to accounting standards through a series of short-term projects.  For public business 
entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those 
fiscal years.  Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2019-12 will have on 
its consolidated financial statements. 

ASU  No.  2020-01  –  In  January  2020,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2020-01,  “Investments  –  Equity  Securities  (Topic  321), 
Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323), and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) – Clarifying the 
Interactions between Topic 321, Topic 323, and Topic 815.”  The ASU is based on a consensus of the Emerging Issues 
Task Force and is expected to increase comparability in accounting for these transactions.  ASU 2016-01 made targeted 
improvements to accounting for financial instruments, including providing an entity the ability to measure certain equity 
securities without a readily determinable fair value at cost, less any impairment, plus or minus changes resulting from 
observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or a similar investment of the same issuer.  Among other 
topics,  the  amendments  clarify  that  an  entity  should  consider observable  transactions  that  require  it  to  either  apply  or 

69 

 
 
 
discontinue the equity method of accounting.  For public business entities, the amendments in the ASU are effective for 
fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years.  Early adoption is permitted. 
The  Company  does  not  expect  the  adoption  of  ASU  2020-01  to  have  a  material  impact  on  its  consolidated  financial 
statements. 

ASU No. 2020-04 – In March 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards 
Update (ASU) No. 2020-04 “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform 
on Financial Reporting.” These amendments provide temporary optional guidance to ease the potential burden in 
accounting for reference rate reform. The ASU provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying generally 
accepted accounting principles to contract modifications and hedging relationships, subject to meeting certain criteria, 
that reference the London Inter-bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or another reference rate expected to be discontinued. It is 
intended to help stakeholders during the global market-wide reference rate transition period. The guidance is effective 
for all entities as of March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022.  At present, the Bank has limited exposure to LIBOR 
based pricing. LIBOR based loans only comprise 27 loans or 7.8% of the loan portfolio. The Bank is confident it can 
successfully negotiate a migration to the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) between now and the 
implementation date. The Bank will notify customers within 120 days prior to migration to SOFR. The Bank 
acknowledges the replacement rate will be more volatile based on different countries migrating to different indexes and 
limited liquidity to support the rate. The Bank further acknowledges the volatility will be greatly influenced by the 
support provided by the Federal Reserve.   (cid:3)

On March 12, 2020, the SEC finalized amendments to its “accelerated filer” and “large accelerated filer” definitions. The 
amendments increase the threshold criteria for meeting these filer classifications and were effective on April 27, 2020. 
Any changes in filer status are to be applied beginning with the filer’s first annual report filed with the SEC subsequent to 
the effective date.  Prior to these changes, the Company was required to comply with section 404(b) of the Sarbanes Oxley 
Act concerning auditor attestation over internal control over financial reporting as an “accelerated filer” as it had more 
than $75 million in public float but less than $700 million at the end of the Company’s most recent second quarter.  The 
rule change expands the category of “smaller reporting companies” to include entities with public float of less than $700 
million and less than $100 million in annual revenues.  The Company is now classified as a “smaller reporting company” 
and  “nonaccelerated  filer”.  If  the  Company’s  annual  revenues  exceed  $100  million,  its  category  will  change  back  to 
“accelerated filer”.  The classifications of “accelerated filer” and “large accelerated filer” require a public company to 
obtain an auditor attestation concerning the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting (“ICFR”) and include 
the opinion on ICFR in its annual report on Form 10-K.  Smaller reporting companies also have additional time to file 
quarterly and annual financial statements.  All public companies are required to obtain and file annual financial statement 
audits, as well as provide management’s assertion on effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, but the 
external auditor attestation of internal control over financial reporting is not required for smaller reporting companies.  As 
the  Bank  has  total  assets  exceeding  $1.0  billion,  it  remains  subject  to  FDICIA,  which  requires  an  auditor  attestation 
concerning internal controls over financial reporting.  As such, other than the additional time provided to file quarterly and 
annual  financial  statements,  this  change  does  not  significantly  change  the  Company’s  annual  reporting  and  audit 
requirements. 

In  October  2020,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2020-08,  “Codification  Improvements  to  Subtopic  310-20,  Receivables  – 
Nonrefundable fees and Other Costs.” This ASU clarifies that an entity should reevaluate whether a callable debt security 
is within the scope of ASC paragraph 310-20-35-33 for each reporting period. For public business entities, the ASU is 
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within those fiscal years.  Early adoption 
is not permitted. All entities should apply ASU No. 2020-08 on a prospective basis as of the beginning of the period of 
adoption for existing or newly purchased callable debt securities. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 
2020-08 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

Recently Adopted Accounting Developments 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) - Simplifying the Test 
for  Goodwill  Impairment”  (“ASU  2017-04”). ASU  2017-04  simplifies  the  accounting  for  goodwill  impairment  for  all 
entities by requiring impairment charges to be based on the first step in the previous two-step impairment test. Under the 
new guidance, if a reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, an entity will record an impairment charge based 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
on that difference. The impairment charge will be limited to the amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The 
standard eliminates the prior requirement to calculate a goodwill impairment charge using Step 2, which requires an entity 
to calculate any impairment charge by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill with its carrying amount. ASU 2017-
04  was  effective for  the  Company on  January 1,  2020. There was no material  impact  on  the  Company’s consolidated 
financial statements. 

In  March  2020,  (Revised  in  April  2020)  various  regulatory  agencies,  including  the  Board  of  Governors  of  the  CFPB 
System  and  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation,  (“the  agencies”)  issued  an  interagency  statement  on  loan 
modifications and reporting for financial institutions working with customers affected by COVID-19. The interagency 
statement  was  effective  immediately  and  impacted  accounting  for  loan  modifications.  Under  Accounting  Standards 
Codification 310-40, “Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors,” (“ASC 310-40”), a restructuring of debt 
constitutes  a  troubled  debt  restructuring  (“TDR”)  if  the  creditor,  for  economic  or  legal  reasons  related  to  the  debtor’s 
financial difficulties, grants a concession to the debtor that it would not otherwise consider. The agencies confirmed with 
the staff of the FASB that short-term modifications made on a good faith basis in response to COVID-19 to borrowers 
who  were  current  prior  to  any  relief,  are  not  to  be  considered  TDRs.  This  includes  short-term  (e.g.,  six  months) 
modifications such as payment deferrals, fee waivers, extensions of repayment terms, or other delays in payment that are 
insignificant. Borrowers considered current are those that are less than 30 days past due on their contractual payments at 
the time a modification program is implemented. During 2020, the Company has offered payment deferrals for commercial 
and consumer customers for up to six months. The loan modifications offered to specific loan types are as follows:  

(cid:120)  Full payment-balloon or full amortization loans – Once the deferral period has ended, the Company will go back 
to billing principal and interest. As payments are made, all funds will go towards interest until all accrued interest 
has been caught up. Once the accrued interest is satisfied, future payments will be broken out for both principal 
and  interest.  The  amount  of  principal  that  had  been  deferred  will  be  re-amortized  when  the  balloon 
maturity/payoff date occurs. 

(cid:120)  Full payment ARM loans – Once the deferral period has ended, the Company will go back to billing principal 
and interest. As payments are made, all funds will go towards interest until all accrued interest has been caught 
up. Once the accrued interest is satisfied, future payments will be broken out for both principal and interest. The 
amount of principal that had been deferred will be re-amortized when the ARM repricing occurs. 

(cid:120)  Full  Payment  Rate  Reset  Loans  -  Once  the  deferral  period  has  ended,  the  Company  will  go  back  to  billing 
principal and interest. As payments are made, all funds will go towards interest until all accrued interest has been 
caught up. Once the accrued interest is satisfied, future payments will be broken out for both principal and interest. 
The amount of principal that had been deferred will be re-amortized when the rate reset occurs. 

(cid:120)  Principal deferral only loans (any type) - Once the deferral period has ended, the Company will go back to billing 
principal and interest. The principal amount that has been deferred will be re-amortized when either the maturity, 
ARM repricing or rate reset occurs. 

(cid:120)  Consumer  loans  –  Borrowers  are  required  to  sign  an  amendment  to  the  initial  loan  agreement  at  the  time  of 
deferral, which re-amortizes the loan and extends the maturity date based on the number of months deferred. 

The interagency guidance along with the provisions of the CARES Act as further discussed in Note 3 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements, impacted the Company's assessment of loan modifications in 2020. 

71 

 
 
 
 
NOTE 2. INVESTMENT SECURITIES 

The  following  table  provides  information  on  the  amortized  cost  and  estimated  fair  values  of  investment  securities  at 
December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Available-for-sale securities: 

2020 
U.S. Government agencies 
Mortgage-backed 

Total 

2019 
U.S. Government agencies 
Mortgage-backed 

Total 

Amortized 
Cost 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Estimated 
Fair 
Value 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 23,600  
 113,865  
 137,465  

 23,854  
 98,638  
 122,492  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 20  
 2,234  
 2,254  

 3  
 574  
 577  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 83  
 68  
 151  

 31  
 247  
 278  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 23,537 
 116,031 
 139,568 

 23,826 
 98,965 
 122,791 

During 2020, the Company sold available for sale securities for proceeds of $13.0 million and recognized gross gains of 
$347 thousand in the second quarter of 2020. No available for sale securities were sold during 2019. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Held-to-maturity securities: 

2020 
U.S. Government agencies 
Mortgage-backed 
States and political subdivisions 
Other debt securities 

Total 

2019 
U.S. Government agencies 
States and political subdivisions 
Other debt securities  

Total 

Amortized 
Cost 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Estimated 
Fair 
Value 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 18,893  
 27,347  
 400  
 19,066  
 65,706  

 1,386  
 400  
 7,000  
 8,786  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 38  
 7  
 1  
 139  
 185  

 —  
 1  
 —  
 1  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 43  
 18  
 —  
 2  
 63  

 5  
 —  
 128  
 133  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 18,888 
 27,336 
 401 
 19,203 
 65,828 

 1,381 
 401 
 6,872 
 8,654 

Equity securities with an aggregate fair value of $1.4 million at December 31, 2020 and $1.3 million at December 31, 
2019 are presented separately on the balance sheet. The fair value adjustment recorded through earnings totaled $28 
thousand for 2020 and $42 thousand for 2019, respectively. 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
      
 
      
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
The following table provides information about gross unrealized losses and fair value by length of time that the individual 
securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

(Dollars in thousands) 

2020 

Available-for-sale securities: 
U.S. Government agencies 
Mortgage-backed 

Total 

Held-to-maturity securities: 
U.S. Government agencies 
Mortgage-backed 
Other debt securities 

Total 

(Dollars in thousands) 

2019 

Available-for-sale securities: 
U.S. Government agencies 
Mortgage-backed 

Total 

Held-to-maturity securities: 
U.S. Government agencies 
Other debt securities 

Total 

Less than 
12 Months 

More than 
12 Months 

Fair 
Value 

      Unrealized       
Losses 

Fair 
Value 

      Unrealized       
Losses 

Fair 
Value 

Total 
      Unrealized 

Losses 

  $   14,919   $ 
 11,869  
  $   26,788   $ 

 82   $ 
 68  
 150   $ 

 236   $ 
 —  
 236   $ 

 1   $   15,155   $ 
 —  
 1   $   27,024   $ 

 11,869  

 83 
 68 
 151 

  $ 

 6,646   $ 
 5,093  
 498  

  $   12,237   $ 

 43   $ 
 18  
 2  
 63   $ 

Less than 
12 Months 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —   $ 

More than 
12 Months 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —   $   12,237   $ 

 6,646   $ 
 5,093  
 498  

 43 
 18 
 2 
 63 

Fair 
Value 

      Unrealized       
Losses 

Fair 
Value 

      Unrealized       
Losses 

Fair 
Value 

Total 
      Unrealized 

Losses 

  $ 

 4,995   $ 
 12,180  
  $   17,175   $ 

 5   $   18,516   $ 
 27  
 32   $   40,798   $ 

 22,282  

 26   $   23,511   $ 
 220  
 246   $   57,973   $ 

 34,462  

 31 
 247 
 278 

  $ 

  $ 

 1,381   $ 
 3,905  
 5,286   $ 

 5   $ 

 95  
 100   $ 

 —   $ 

 2,967  
 2,967   $ 

 —   $ 
 33  
 33   $ 

 1,381   $ 
 6,872  
 8,253   $ 

 5 
 128 
 133 

All of the securities with unrealized losses in the portfolio have modest duration risk, low credit risk, and minimal losses 
when compared to total amortized cost. The unrealized losses on debt securities that exist are the result of market changes 
in interest rates since original purchase and are not related to credit concerns. Because the Company does not intend to sell 
these securities and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell these securities before recovery 
of their amortized cost bases, which may be at maturity for debt securities, the Company considers the unrealized losses 
to be temporary. There were seven available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2020, of 
which four were mortgage-backed and three were U.S. Government agencies.  

There were four held-to-maturity securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2020, of which two were U.S. 
Government agency bonds, one corporate bond and one mortgage-backed security. 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
The  following  table  provides  information  on  the  amortized  cost  and  estimated  fair  values  of  investment  securities  by 
maturity date at December 31, 2020. 

Available for sale 

Held to maturity 

Amortized 
Cost 

Fair Value 

Amortized 
Cost 

Fair Value 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Due in one year or less 
Due after one year through five years 
Due after five years through ten years 
Due after ten years 

  $ 

 4,999   $ 
 1,393  
 57,061  
 74,012  

 5,015   $ 
 1,431  
 58,419  
 74,703  

Total 

  $ 

 137,465   $ 

 139,568   $ 

The maturity dates for debt securities are determined using contractual maturity dates. 

 —   $ 

 2,944  
 27,728  
 35,034  
 65,706   $ 

 — 
 2,957 
 27,818 
 35,053 
 65,828 

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  amortized  cost  and  estimated  fair  values  of  securities  which  have  been  pledged  as 
collateral for obligations to federal, state and local government agencies, and other purposes as required or permitted by 
law, or sold under agreements to repurchase at December 31, 2020 and 2019. All pledged securities are in the available-
for-sale investment portfolio. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Pledged available-for-sale securities 

2020 

2019 

Amortized 
Cost 
 60,600  

$ 

Fair Value 

$ 

 61,094  

$ 

Amortized 
Cost 
 66,904  

Fair Value 

$ 

 67,142 

There were  no  obligations of  states  or political  subdivisions  with carrying values,  as  to  any  issuer,  exceeding 10%  of 
stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2020 or 2019. 

NOTE 3. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES 

The Company makes residential mortgage, commercial and consumer loans to customers primarily in Baltimore City, 
Baltimore County, Howard County, Kent County, Queen Anne’s County, Caroline County, Talbot County, Dorchester 
County and Worcester County in Maryland, Kent County, Delaware and in Accomack County, Virginia. The following 
table provides information about the principal classes of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Construction 
Residential real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial 
Consumer 

Total loans 

Allowance for credit losses 

Total loans, net 

2020 
 106,760   $ 
 443,542  
 661,232  
 211,256  
 31,466  
 1,454,256  
 (13,888)  
 1,440,368   $ 

2019 
 99,829 
 442,506 
 586,562 
 102,020 
 17,737 
 1,248,654 
 (10,507)
 1,238,147 

  $ 

  $ 

In the normal course of banking business, loans are made to officers and directors and their affiliated interests. These loans 
are made on substantially the same terms and conditions as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with 
persons who are not related to the Company and are not considered to involve more than the normal risk of collectability. 
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, such loans outstanding, both direct and indirect (including guarantees), to directors, 
their associates and policy-making officers, totaled approximately $3.7 million and $18.8 million, respectively. During 
2020 and 2019, loan additions were approximately $701 thousand and $15.7 million, respectively, and loan repayments 
were approximately $776 thousand and $8.6 million, respectively. Due to changes in the composition of related parties, 
$15.0 million of loans included in the total for the prior year end were no longer reported as related party loans at December 
31,  2020.  Net  loan  origination  costs,  included  in  balances  above,  totaled  $622  thousand  and  $1.8  million  as  of 
December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. At December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 included in total loans were 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
       
 
     
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
       
 
     
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
$52.3  million  and  $79.2  million  in  loans,  respectively,  acquired  as  part  of  the  2017  NWBI  branch  acquisition.  These 
balances are presented net of the related discount which totaled $754 thousand at December 31, 2020 and $1.1 million at 
December 31, 2019. 

In 2020, the Company participated in the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP). The PPP commenced subsequent to the 
passage of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act in March 2020, and was later expanded 
by the Paycheck Protection Program and Health Care Enhancement Act of April 2020. The PPP was designed to provide 
U.S. small businesses with cash-flow assistance during the COVID-19 pandemic through loans that are fully guaranteed 
by the Small Business Administration (SBA) which may be forgiven upon satisfaction of certain criteria. As of December 
31,  2020,  the  Company  held  PPP  loans  with  a  total  outstanding  balance  of  $122.9  million,  which  is  included  in  the 
commercial loan segment in the table above. As compensation for originating the loans, the Company received lender 
processing fees from the SBA, which were deferred, along with the related loan origination costs. These net fees are being 
accreted to interest income over the remaining contractual lives of the loans. Upon forgiveness of a PPP loan and repayment 
by the SBA, which may be prior to the loan’s maturity, the remainder of any unrecognized net fees are recognized as 
interest income. The Company has continued to participate in the newest round of the PPP during the first quarter of 2021. 

In the normal course of banking business, risks related to specific loan categories are as follows: 

Construction loans – Construction loans are offered primarily to builders and individuals to finance the construction of 
single-family dwellings. In addition, the Bank periodically finances the construction of commercial projects. Credit risk 
factors include the borrower’s ability to successfully complete the construction on time and within budget, changing market 
conditions which could affect the value and marketability of projects, changes in the borrower’s ability or willingness to 
repay the loan and potentially rising interest rates which can impact both the borrower’s ability to repay and the collateral 
value. 

Residential real estate – Residential real estate loans are typically made to consumers and are secured by residential real 
estate. Credit risk arises from the borrower’s continuing financial stability, which can be adversely impacted by job loss, 
divorce, illness, or personal bankruptcy, among other factors. Also impacting credit risk would be a shortfall in the value 
of the residential real estate in relation to the outstanding loan balance in the event of a default or subsequent liquidation 
of the real estate collateral. 

Commercial real estate – Commercial real estate loans consist of both loans secured by owner occupied properties and 
non-owner occupied properties where an established banking relationship exists and involves investment properties for 
warehouse, retail, and office space with a history of occupancy and cash flow. These loans are subject to adverse changes 
in the local economy and commercial real estate markets. Credit risk associated with owner occupied properties arises 
from  the  borrower’s  financial  stability  and  the  ability  of  the  borrower  and  the  business  to  repay  the  loan.  Non-owner 
occupied properties carry the risk of a tenant’s deteriorating credit strength, lease expirations in soft markets and sustained 
vacancies which can adversely impact cash flow. 

Commercial – Commercial loans are secured or unsecured loans for business purposes. Loans are typically secured by 
accounts  receivable,  inventory,  equipment  and/or  other  assets  of  the  business.  Credit  risk  arises  from  the  successful 
operation  of  the  business  which  may  be  affected  by  competition,  rising  interest  rates,  regulatory  changes  and  adverse 
conditions in the local and regional economy. 

Consumer – Consumer loans include home equity loans and lines, installment loans and personal lines of credit. Credit 
risk is similar to residential real estate loans above as it is subject to the borrower’s continuing financial stability and the 
value of the collateral securing the loan. 

75 

 
  
  
The  following  tables  include  impairment  information  relating  to  loans  and  the  allowance  for  credit  losses  as  of 
December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
2020 
Loans individually evaluated for 
impairment 
Loans collectively evaluated for 
impairment 
Total loans 

Allowance for credit losses 
allocated to: 
Loans individually evaluated for 
impairment 
Loans collectively evaluated for 
impairment 
Total allowance 

(Dollars in thousands) 
2019 
Loans individually evaluated for 
impairment 
Loans collectively evaluated for 
impairment 
Total loans 

Allowance for credit losses 
allocated to: 
Loans individually evaluated for 
impairment 
Loans collectively evaluated for 
impairment 
Total allowance 

      Residential        Commercial        

  Construction  

real estate 

real estate 

  Commercial   

Consumer 

Total 

  $ 

 331   $ 

 5,722   $ 

 6,917   $ 

 258   $ 

 28   $ 

 13,256 

    106,429  

    437,820  

    654,315  

    210,998  

  $   106,760   $   443,542   $   661,232   $   211,256   $ 

   1,441,000 
 31,438  
 31,466   $  1,454,256 

  $ 

 —   $ 

 135   $ 

 78   $ 

 —   $ 

 —   $ 

 213 

 2,022  
 2,022   $ 

 3,564  
 3,699   $ 

 5,348  
 5,426   $ 

 2,089  
 2,089   $ 

 652  
 652   $ 

 13,675 
 13,888 

  $ 

      Residential        Commercial        

  Construction  

real estate 

real estate 

  Commercial   

Consumer 

Total 

  $ 

 41   $ 

 7,072   $ 

 12,006   $ 

 298   $ 

 —   $ 

 19,417 

 99,788  
 99,829   $   442,506   $   586,562   $   102,020   $ 

    101,722  

    574,556  

    435,434  

   1,229,237 
 17,737  
 17,737   $  1,248,654 

  $ 

  $ 

 —   $ 

 395   $ 

 580   $ 

 —   $ 

 —   $ 

 975 

 1,576  
 1,576   $ 

 2,106  
 2,501   $ 

 3,452  
 4,032   $ 

 1,929  
 1,929   $ 

 469  
 469   $ 

 9,532 
 10,507 

  $ 

The  allowance  for  loan  losses was 0.95%  of  total  loans  and 1.04% when  excluding  PPP  loans,  at December 31, 2020 
compared to 0.84% at December 31, 2019. 

In the first quarter of 2020, the Company transitioned from its in-house allowance model to an external vendor's allowance 
model software for the calculation of the allowance for loan losses.  Prior to the adoption of the new model, the Company 
ran both models parallel for multiple periods to confirm the reasonableness of the new model's output as compared to the 
old.  The primary motivation for the change was to increase efficiencies in the calculation of the allowance estimate under 
the current incurred loss standard and also allow for a more seamless transition for the Company's eventual adoption of 
the Current Expected Credit Loss standard in 2023.  The Company's processes for loan segmentation, assessing qualitative 
factors,  and  determining  specific  reserves  for  impaired  loans  remained  substantially  unchanged  when  comparing  the 
models.  As part of the new model, more precise averages are utilized in the calculation of the net charge-off ratios used 
in the historical loss analysis and the historical loss rates are applied to all pools of loans accounted for under ASC 450.  
Additionally,  the  historical  look-back  periods  for  retail  loan  pools  were  adjusted  to  four  years  in  the  new  model  as 
compared  to  two  years  under  the  prior  in-house  model.    While  there  were  some  variances  between  loan  pools  when 
comparing the two models, the Company's ending recorded allowance and provision for loan losses during 2020 were not 
materially impacted as a result of the transition. 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
      
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
      
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
The following tables provide information on impaired loans and any related allowance by loan class as of December 31, 
2020 and 2019. The difference between the unpaid principal balance and the recorded investment is the amount of partial 
charge-offs that have been taken and interest paid on nonaccrual loans that has been applied to principal. 

     Recorded       Recorded         

Unpaid 
principal   
balance 

investment  
with no 
allowance   

investment  
with an 
allowance   

Related 
allowance   

  Quarter-to-date    Year-to-date 
  average recorded   average recorded 

investment 

investment 

Interest 
recorded 
investment 

(Dollars in thousands) 
2020 
Impaired nonaccrual loans: 
Construction 
Residential real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial   
Consumer 
Total 

Impaired accruing TDRs: 
Construction 
Residential real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial   
Consumer 
Total 

  $

 297   $ 

 297   $ 

 1,665  
 4,288  
 401  
 28  

 1,585  
 3,220  
 258  
 28  

  $  6,679   $   5,388   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 67  
 —  
 —  
 67   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 67  
 —  
 —  
 67   $ 

 297  $ 

 1,861 
 3,971 
 272 

 $ 

 247 
 2,648 
 5,669 
 390 

 28    
 6,429  $ 

 9    

 8,963 

 $ 

  $

 34   $ 

 34   $ 

 —   $ 

 3,845  
 3,118  
 —  
 —  

 2,617  
 2,479  
 —  
 —  

 1,228  
 639  
 —  
 —  

  $  6,997   $   5,130   $   1,867   $ 

 —   $ 

 135  
 11  
 —  
 —  
 146   $ 

 34  $ 

 3,857 
 3,261 
 — 
 — 
 7,152  $ 

Other impaired accruing loans:   
Construction 
Residential real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial   
Consumer 
Total 

  $

  $

 —   $ 

 292  
 512  
 —  
 —  
 804   $ 

 —   $ 

 292  
 512  
 —  
 —  
 804   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —   $ 

 —  $ 

 269 
 532 
 — 
 — 
 801  $ 

Total impaired loans: 
Construction 
Residential real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial   
Consumer 
Total 

  $

 331   $ 

 331   $ 

 —   $ 

 5,802  
 7,918  
 401  
 28  

 4,494  
 6,211  
 258  
 28  

 1,228  
 706  
 —  
 —  

  $ 14,480   $  11,322   $   1,934   $ 

 —   $ 

 135  
 78  
 —  
 —  
 213   $ 

 331  $ 

 5,987 
 7,764 
 272 
 28 
 14,382  $ 

 309 
 6,930 
 9,792 
 403 
 18 
 17,452 

77 

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

 3 
 160 
 104 
 — 
 — 
 267 

 — 
 2 
 5 
 — 
 — 
 7 

 3 
 162 
 109 
 — 
 — 
 274 

 37 
 3,920 
 3,349 
 — 
 — 
 7,306 

 25 
 362 
 774 
 13 
 9 
 1,183 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
        
     
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
Interest 
income 
recognized 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

 10 
 171 
 125 
 — 
 — 
 306 

 — 
 5 
 4 
 1 
 — 
 10 

 10 
 176 
 129 
 1 
 — 
 316 

     Recorded       Recorded       

Unpaid 
principal   
balance 

investment  
with no 
allowance   

investment  
with an 
allowance   

Related 
allowance   

  Quarter-to-date    Year-to-date 
  average recorded   average recorded 

(Dollars in thousands) 
2019 
Impaired nonaccrual loans: 
Construction 
Residential real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial   
Consumer 
Total 

Impaired accruing TDRs: 
Construction 
Residential real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial   
Consumer 
Total 

  $

 —   $ 

 2,660  
 8,242  
 421  
 —  

 —   $ 
 678  
 5,680  
 298  
 —  

 —   $ 

 1,797  
 2,137  
 —  
 —  

  $ 11,323   $   6,656   $   3,934   $ 

  $

 41   $ 

 41   $ 

 —   $ 

 4,041  
 3,419  
 —  
 —  

 2,583  
 2,748  
 —  
 —  

 1,458  
 671  
 —  
 —  

  $  7,501   $   5,372   $   2,129   $ 

 —   $ 
 215  
 561  
 —  
 —  
 776   $ 

 —   $ 
 180  
 19  
 —  
 —  
 199   $ 

  $

Other impaired accruing loans:   
Construction 
Residential real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial   
Consumer 
Total 

 —   $ 
 556  
 770  
 —  
 —  

 —   $ 
 556  
 770  
 —  
 —  

  $  1,326   $   1,326   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —   $ 

investment 

investment 

 —  $ 

 2,052 
 8,533 
 301 
 — 
 10,886  $ 

 1,076 
 2,691 
 9,421 
 313 
 — 
 13,501 

 41  $ 

 4,052 
 3,438 
 — 
 — 
 7,531  $ 

 —  $ 

 786 
 297 
 89 
 — 
 1,172  $ 

 46 
 4,157 
 3,496 
 — 
 — 
 7,699 

 18 
 337 
 336 
 38 
 3 
 732 

Total impaired loans: 
Construction 
Residential real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial   
Consumer 
Total 

  $

 41   $ 

 41   $ 

 —   $ 

 7,257  
   12,431  
 421  
 —  

 3,817  
 9,198  
 298  
 —  

 3,255  
 2,808  
 —  
 —  

  $ 20,150   $  13,354   $   6,063   $ 

 —   $ 
 395  
 580  
 —  
 —  
 975   $ 

 41  $ 

 6,890 
 12,268 
 390 
 — 
 19,589  $ 

 1,140 
 7,185 
 13,253 
 351 
 3 
 21,932 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
      
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
The following tables provide a roll-forward for troubled debt restructurings as of and for the years ended December 31, 
2020 and December 31, 2019. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
2020 
Accruing TDRs 
Construction 
Residential real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial 
Consumer 
Total 

Nonaccrual TDRs 
Construction 
Residential real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial 
Consumer 
Total 

     1/1/2020       
TDR 

  Balance   

New 
TDRs 

  Disbursements   Charge-   Reclassifications/  
  Transfer In/(Out)  
offs 

(Payments)   

Payoffs 

    12/31/2020      
TDR 

Related 
Balance    Allowance

  $ 

 41   $

   4,041  
   3,419  
 —  
 —  

  $  7,501   $

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —   $ 

 (7)  $   —   $ 

 (113) 
 (97) 
 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 (217)  $   —   $ 

 34   $ 

 —   $ 
 (83)  
 (204)  
 —  
 —  

 —   $
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —   $  (287)   $  6,997   $ 

    3,845  
    3,118  
 —  
 —  

 — 
 135 
 11 
 — 
 — 
 146 

  $ 

 —   $

   1,393  
 —  
 299  
 —  

 —   $ 
 —  
   1,506  
 —  
 —  

  $  1,692   $ 1,506   $ 

 —   $   —   $ 
 (51) 
 (401) 
 (41) 
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 (493)  $   —   $ 

 —   $ 

 —   $
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —   $ (2,447)   $ 

   (1,342)  
   (1,105)  
 —  
 —  

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 258  
 —  
 258   $ 

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

Total 

  $  9,193   $ 1,506   $ 

 (710)  $   —   $ 

 —   $ (2,734)   $  7,255   $ 

 146 

(Dollars in thousands) 
2019 
Accruing TDRs 
Construction 
Residential real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial   
Consumer 
Total 

Nonaccrual TDRs 
Construction 
Residential real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial   
Consumer 
Total 

     1/1/2019       
TDR 
Balance 

  New     Disbursements   Charge-   Reclassifications/  
  TDRs   

(Payments)   

  Transfer In/(Out)   Payoffs  

offs 

    12/31/2019       
TDR 

Related 

Balance    Allowance 

  $ 

 51   $   —   $ 

 4,454  
 4,158  
 —  
 —  

    41  
    —  
    —  
    —  

  $   8,663   $   41   $ 

 (10)  $ 
 (101) 
 (739) 
 —  
 —  
 (850)  $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —   $ 

 41   $ 

 —   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —   $  (353)  $   7,501   $ 

    4,041  
    3,419  
 —  
 —  

   (353) 
 —  
 —  
 —  

  $   2,798   $   —   $ 

 —  
 —  
 320  
 —  

    —  
    —  
    —  
    —  

  $   3,118   $   —   $ 

 (1,402)  $ 
 —  
 —  
 (21) 
 —  
 (1,423)  $ 

 (3)  $ 
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 (3)  $ 

 (1,393)  $ 
 1,393  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —   $ 

 —   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —   $   1,692   $ 

    1,393  
 —  
 299  
 —  

 — 
 180 
 19 
 — 
 — 
 199 

 — 
 113 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 113 

Total 

  $  11,781   $   41   $ 

 (2,273)  $ 

 (3)  $ 

 —   $  (353)  $   9,193   $ 

 312 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
      
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
     
 
     
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table provides information on loans that were modified and considered TDRs during 2020 and 2019.  

(Dollars in thousands) 
TDRs: 
2020 
Construction 
Residential real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial   
Consumer 
Total 

2019 
Construction 
Residential real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial   
Consumer 
Total 

      Premodification        Postmodification         

Number of 
contracts 

outstanding 
recorded   
investment 

outstanding  
recorded  
investment 

Related 
allowance 

 —   $ 
 —  
 1  
 —  
 —  
 1   $ 

 —   $ 
 3  
 1  
 —  
 —  
 4   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 1,535  
 —  
 —  
 1,535   $ 

 —   $ 

 2,310  
 2,152  
 —  
 —  
 4,462   $ 

 —    $ 
 —   
 1,506   
 —   
 —   
 1,506    $ 

 —    $ 

 2,119   
 1,531   
 —   
 —   
 3,650    $ 

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

During the year ended December 31, 2020 there was one new TDR that was modified to extend the term of the loan. 

For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company had executed principal and/or interest deferrals on outstanding loan 
balances of $221.1 million, of which only $34.9 million remained on deferral as of December 31, 2020. These deferrals 
were no more than six months in duration and were for loans not more than 30 days past due as of December 31, 2019.  As 
such, they were not considered TDRs based on the relief provisions of the CARES Act and recent interagency regulatory 
guidance.  

There were no TDRs which subsequently defaulted within 12 months of modification for the year ended December 31, 
2020 and 2019. Generally, a loan is considered in default when principal or interest is past due 90 days or more, the loan 
is placed on nonaccrual, the loan is charged off, or there is a transfer to OREO or repossessed assets. 

Management uses risk ratings as part of its monitoring of the credit quality in the Company’s loan portfolio. Loans that 
are identified as special mention, substandard or doubtful are adversely rated. These loans and the pass/watch loans are 
assigned higher qualitative factors than favorably rated loans in the calculation of the formula portion of the allowance for 
credit losses. At December 31, 2020, there were no nonaccrual loans classified as special mention or doubtful and $5.5 
million of nonaccrual loans were classified as substandard. Similarly, at December 31, 2019, there were no nonaccrual 
loans classified as special mention or doubtful and $10.6 million of nonaccrual loans were classified as substandard. 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
The following tables provide information on loan risk ratings as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
2020 
Construction 
Residential real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial 
Consumer 
Total 

(Dollars in thousands) 
2019 
Construction 
Residential real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial 
Consumer 
Total 

  Pass/Performing    Pass/Watch 

Special 
  Mention 

  Substandard 

  Doubtful 

Total 

  $ 

 81,926   $ 
 401,494  
 514,524  
 182,166  
 31,221  

 22,547   $ 
 36,759  
    133,892  
 25,870  
 215  

  $  1,211,331   $  219,283   $ 

 1,990   $ 
 2,946  
 3,504  
 2,948  
 —  
 11,388   $ 

 297   $ 

 2,343  
 9,312  
 272  
 30  
 12,254   $ 

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

 $ 

 106,760 
 443,542 
 661,232 
 211,256 
 31,466 
 $  1,454,256 

  Pass/Performing    Pass/Watch 

Special 
  Mention 

  Substandard 

  Doubtful 

Total 

  $ 

 84,357   $ 
 404,500  
 455,388  
 80,816  
 17,347  

 13,068   $ 
 29,223  
    115,190  
 20,130  
 383  

  $  1,042,408   $  177,994   $ 

 2,404   $ 
 5,549  
 4,822  
 746  
 2  
 13,523   $ 

 —   $ 

 3,234  
 11,162  
 328  
 5  
 14,729   $ 

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

 $ 

 99,829 
 442,506 
 586,562 
 102,020 
 17,737 
 $  1,248,654 

The following tables provide information on the aging of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
2020 
Construction 
Residential real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial 
Consumer 
Total 

Percent of total loans 

(Dollars in thousands) 
2019 
Construction 
Residential real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial 
Consumer 
Total 

Percent of total loans 

Accruing 
     30(cid:4137)59 days      60(cid:4137)89 days       Greater than     
past due 

past due 

90 days 

Current 

Total 
past due 

  Nonaccrual  

Total 

  $ 

 106,463    $ 
 440,210   
 657,066   
 210,704   
 31,318   

  $  1,445,761    $ 
 99.3  %  

 —    $ 

 517   
 367   
 226   
 119   
 1,229    $ 
 0.1  %   

$ 

 —   
 938   
 —   
 68   
 1   
 1,007   

$ 
 0.1  %    

 —    $ 
 292   
 512   
 —   
 —   
 804    $ 
 0.1  %  

 —    $ 

 1,747   
 879   
 294   
 120   
 3,040    $ 
 0.3  %  

 297    $ 

 1,585   
 3,287   
 258   
 28   

 106,760   
 443,542   
 661,232   
 211,256   
 31,466   
 5,455    $  1,454,256   

 0.4  %  

 100.0  %

Current 

      30(cid:4137)59 days  
past due   

Accruing 
60(cid:4137)89 days   Greater than  

past due   

90 days 

Total 
past due 

  Nonaccrual  

Total 

$ 

$

$ 

$

$ 

  $

 99,234   
 435,671   
 577,015   
 101,476   
 17,680   
  $  1,231,076   

 595   
 3,021   
 743   
 246   
 57   
 4,662   

 —   
 783   
 217   
 —   
 —   
 1,000   

 —   
 556   
 770   
 —   
 —   
 1,326   

 595   
 4,360   
 1,730   
 246   
 57   
 6,988   

$ 
 98.6  %    

$
 0.4  %     

$ 
 0.1  %    

$
 0.1  %    

$ 
 0.6  %    

 —   
 2,475   
 7,817   
 298   
 —   
 10,590   

$

 99,829   
 442,506   
 586,562   
 102,020   
 17,737   
$ 1,248,654   

 0.8  %    

 100.0  %

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
      
 
     
      
 
      
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
      
 
     
      
 
      
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
        
 
 
 
      
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
The following tables provide a summary of the activity in the allowance for credit losses allocated by loan class for 2020 
and 2019. Allocation of a portion of the allowance to one loan class does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in 
other loan classes. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
2020 
Allowance for credit losses: 
Beginning Balance 

Charge-offs 
Recoveries 
Net (charge-offs) recoveries 

      Residential        Commercial       

  Construction  

real estate 

real estate 

  Commercial  

Consumer   

Total 

  $ 

 1,576   $ 

 2,501   $ 

 4,032   $ 

 1,929   $ 

 469    $  10,507 

 —  
 17  
 17  

 (201) 
 211  
 10  

 (601) 
 1  
 (600) 

 (286) 
 322  
 36  

 (9)  
 27   
 18   

 (1,097)
 578 
 (519)

Provision 
Ending Balance 

 429  
 2,022   $ 

 1,188  
 3,699   $ 

 1,994  
 5,426   $ 

 124  
 2,089   $ 

 3,900 
 165   
 652    $  13,888 

  $ 

(Dollars in thousands) 
2019 
Allowance for credit losses: 
Beginning Balance 

Charge-offs 
Recoveries 
Net (charge-offs) recoveries 

      Residential        Commercial       

  Construction  

real estate 

real estate 

  Commercial  

Consumer   

Total 

  $ 

 2,662   $ 

 2,353   $ 

 3,077   $ 

 1,949   $ 

 302   $  10,343 

 (3) 
 18  
 15  

 (646) 
 27  
 (619) 

 —  
 206  
 206  

 (411) 
 306  
 (105) 

 (37) 
 4  
 (33) 

 (1,097)
 561 
 (536)

Provision 
Ending Balance 

 (1,101) 
 1,576   $ 

 767  
 2,501   $ 

 749  
 4,032   $ 

 85  
 1,929   $ 

  $ 

 700 
 200  
 469   $   10,507 

Foreclosure Proceedings 

Consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure totaled $0 
and  $23  thousand  as of December 31,  2020  and 2019.  There were  no residential  real estate  properties  included  in the 
balance of other real estate owned at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019. 

All accruing TDRs were in compliance with their modified terms. Both performing and non-performing TDRs had no 
further commitments associated with them as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019. 

NOTE 4. LEASES 

On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASU No. 2016-02 “Leases (Topic 842)” and all subsequent ASUs that modified 
Topic 842. The Company elected the prospective application approach provided by ASU 2018-11 and did not adjust prior 
periods for ASC 842.  The Company also elected certain practical expedients within the standard and consistent with such 
elections  did  not  reassess  whether  any  expired  or  existing  contracts  are  or  contain  leases,  did  not  reassess  the  lease 
classification for any expired or existing leases, and did not reassess any initial direct costs for existing leases. As stated 
in the Company’s 2019 Form 10-K, the implementation of the new standard resulted in recognition of right-of-use assets 
and lease liabilities totaling $3.8 million at the date of adoption, which are primarily related to the Company’s lease of 
premises used in operations. During the course of 2019, the Company recognized additional right-of-use assets and lease 
liabilities  of  $1.4  million,  primarily  related  to  the  lease  of  additional  premises  used  in  operations.  During  2020,  the 
Company recognized new right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for one location, one equipment lease, and two renewals 
on existing assets totaling $637 thousand.  

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
      
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
      
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
      
      
      
      
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments and are presented at each reporting date as 
the net present value of the remaining contractual cash flows.  Cash flows are discounted at the Company’s incremental 
borrowing rate in effect at the commencement date of the lease.  Right-of-use assets represent the Company’s right to use 
the underlying asset for the lease term and are calculated as the sum of the lease liability and if applicable, prepaid rent, 
initial direct costs and any incentives received from the lessor.  

The Company’s long-term lease agreements are classified as operating leases.  Certain of these leases offer the option to 
extend the lease term and the Company has included such extensions in its calculation of the lease liabilities to the extent 
the options are reasonably certain of being exercised.  The lease agreements do not provide for residual value guarantees 
and have no restrictions or covenants that would impact dividends or require incurring additional financial obligations. 

The following tables present information about the Company’s leases: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Lease liabilities 
Right-of-use assets 
Weighted average remaining lease term  
Weighted average discount rate 

Lease cost (in thousands) 
Operating lease cost 
Short-term lease cost 
Total lease cost 

  December 31, 2020 
 $ 
 $ 

 4,874  
 4,795  
 10.49 years 
 2.89 % 

  December 31, 2019 
 4,792  
  $ 
 4,771  
  $ 
 11.76 years 
 3.13 % 

 $ 

 $ 

For the year ended 
December 31, 2020 

For the year ended 
December 31, 2019 

 712  
 —  
 712  

 $ 

 $ 

 666  

 $ 

 620 
 — 
 620 

 587 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities   $ 

A maturity analysis of operating lease liabilities and reconciliation of the undiscounted cash flows to the total of operating 
lease liabilities is as follows: 

Lease payments due (in thousands) 
Twelve months ending December 31, 2021 
Twelve months ending December 31, 2022 
Twelve months ending December 31, 2023 
Twelve months ending December 31, 2024 
Twelve months ending December 31, 2025 
Thereafter 
Total undiscounted cash flows 
Discount 
Lease liabilities 

As of 
December 31,  

 652 
 651 
 610 
 569 
 423 
 2,816 
 5,721 
 847 
 4,874 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
   
  
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 5. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT 
The following table provides information on premises and equipment from continuing operations at December 31, 2020 
and 2019. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Land 
Buildings and land improvements 
Furniture and equipment 

Accumulated depreciation 

Total 

2020 
 8,509   $ 
 22,101  
 8,283  
 38,893  
 (13,969) 
 24,924   $ 

2019 
 8,509 
 21,250 
 7,354 
 37,113 
 (13,292)
 23,821 

  $ 

  $ 

Depreciation expense of continuing operations totaled $1.2 million for 2020 and $1.1 million for 2019. 

NOTE 6. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

Due to the COVID-19 pandemic and its impact on market conditions, the Company performed a full annual qualitative 
assessment of goodwill as of December 31, 2020.  As a result of management’s qualitative evaluation of relevant events 
and circumstances as of December 31, 2020, the Company concluded that it was not more likely than not that fair value 
was less than carrying value. Changes in the economic environment, operations, or other adverse events could result in 
future impairment charges which could have a material adverse impact on the Company's operating results.  

The following table provides information on the significant components of goodwill and other acquired intangible assets 
at December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

2020 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Goodwill 

Other intangible assets 
Amortizable 

Core deposit intangible 
Total other intangible assets 

2019 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Goodwill 

Other intangible assets 
Amortizable 

Core deposit intangible 
Total other intangible assets 

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount 

Accumulated   
Impairment 
Charges 

Accumulated   

     Amortization      

Net 
Carrying 
Amount 

  Weighted 
Average 
  Remaining Life 
(in years) 

  $ 

 19,728   $ 

 (1,543)  $ 

 (667)  $ 

 17,518 

 — 

  $ 
  $ 

 3,954   $ 
 3,954   $ 

 —   $ 
 —   $ 

 (2,235)  $ 
 (2,235)  $ 

 1,719 
 1,719 

 4.7 

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount 

  Accumulated 
Impairment 
Charges 

  Accumulated  
       Amortization    

Net 
Carrying 
Amount 

Weighted 
Average 
  Remaining Life
(in years) 

  $ 

 19,728   $ 

 (1,543)  $ 

 (667)  $ 

 17,518 

 — 

  $ 
  $ 

 3,954   $ 
 3,954   $ 

 —   $ 
 —   $ 

 (1,702)  $ 
 (1,702)  $ 

 2,252 
 2,252 

 5.7 

The aggregate amortization expense was $533 thousand and $605 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 
2019, respectively. 

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
At  December  31,  2020,  estimated  future  remaining  amortization  for  amortizing  intangibles  within  the years  ending 
December 31, is as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
2025 
Thereafter 
Total amortizing intangible assets 

NOTE 7. OTHER ASSETS 

Amortization 
Expense 

$ 

$ 

 461 
 389 
 317 
 246 
 174 
 132 
 1,719 

The Company had the following other assets from continuing operations at December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Accrued interest receivable 
Deferred income taxes 
Prepaid expenses 
Cash surrender value on life insurance 
Income taxes receivable 
Other assets 

Total 

NOTE 8. OTHER LIABILITIES 

2020 
 6,616   $ 
 4,442  
 1,472  
 31,018  
 156  
 3,075  
 46,779   $ 

2019 
 3,455 
 2,754 
 1,157 
 29,782 
 175 
 3,249 
 40,572 

  $ 

  $ 

The Company had the following other liabilities from continuing operations at December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Accrued interest payable 
Deferred compensation liability 
Other liabilities 

Total 

NOTE 9. DEPOSITS 

2020 

2019 

  $ 

  $ 

 647   $ 

 2,905  
 3,686  
 7,238   $ 

 330 
 1,401 
 2,350 
 4,081 

The  approximate  amount  of  certificates  of  deposit  of  $250,000  or  more  was  $43.2  million  and  $38.9  million  at 
December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

The following table provides information on the approximate maturities of total time deposits at December 31, 2020 and 
2019. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Due in one year or less 
Due in one to three years 
Due in three to five years 

Total 

2020 

2019 

  $   179,073   $   126,055 
 116,979 
 34,084 
  $   274,873   $   277,118 

 71,327  
 24,473  

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, deposits, both direct and indirect, from directors, their associates and policy-making 
officers, totaled approximately $4.8 million and $5.5 million, respectively. 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
At December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, we had no brokered deposits. 

NOTE 10. BORROWINGS 

The Company may periodically borrow from a correspondent federal funds line of credit arrangement, under a secured 
reverse repurchase agreement, or from the Federal Home Loan Bank to meet short-term liquidity needs. 

The following table summarizes certain information on short-term borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 
2019. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Average for the Year 

Repurchase agreements 
FHLB Advances 
Overnight Fed Funds purchased 

At Year End 

Repurchase agreements 
FHLB Advances 
Overnight Fed Funds purchased 

2020 

2019 

      Amount 

      Rate 

      Amount 

      Rate 

  $   1,484   
 —   
 1   

 0.32 %  $   1,061   
   17,378   
 14   

 —  
 0.61  

 1.39 % 
 2.68  
 2.86  

  $   1,050   
 —   
 —   

 0.03 %  $   1,226   
 —   
 —   

 —  
 —  

 0.81 % 
 —  
 —  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are securities sold to customers, at the customers’ request, under a “roll-
over” contract that matures in one business day. The underlying securities sold are U.S. Government agency securities, 
which are segregated in the Company’s custodial accounts from other investment securities. 

The Bank had $15.0 million in federal funds lines of credit and a reverse repurchase agreement available on a short-term 
basis from correspondent banks at December 31, 2020 and 2019. In addition, the Bank had secured credit availability of 
approximately $316.7 million and $270.1 million from the Federal Home Loan Bank at December 31, 2020 and 2019, 
respectively. The Bank has pledged as collateral, under a blanket lien, all qualifying residential loans under borrowing 
agreements with the Federal Home Loan Bank. The Bank had no short-term borrowings from the Federal Home Loan 
Bank at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019. At December 31, 2019, the Bank had $15.0 million of fixed rate 
long-term borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank, which carried an interest rate of 2.82%. These advances were 
paid off in April of 2020. 

NOTE 11. SUBORDINATED DEBT 

On August 25, 2020, the Company entered into Subordinated Note Purchase Agreements with certain Purchasers pursuant 
to which the Company issued and sold $25.0 million in aggregate principal amount with an initial interest rate of 5.375% 
Fixed-to-Floating Rate Subordinated Notes due September 1, 2030. 

The Company plans to use the net proceeds of this offering for general corporate purposes, organic growth and to support 
the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios. The Notes were structured to qualify as Tier 2 capital for regulatory capital purposes 
and bear an initial interest rate of 5.375% until September 1, 2025, with interest during this period payable semi-annually 
in arrears. From and including September 1, 2025, to but excluding the maturity date or early redemption date, the interest 
rate will reset quarterly to an annual floating rate equal to three-month SOFR, plus 526.5 basis points, with interest during 
this period payable quarterly in arrears. The Notes are redeemable by the Company at its option, in whole or in part, on or 
after September 1, 2025. Initial debt issuance costs were $611 thousand. The debt balance of $24.4 million is presented 
net of unamortized issuance costs of $571 thousand at December 31, 2020. 

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
     
     
 
    
   
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
     
    
  
    
   
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
NOTE 12. BENEFIT PLANS 

401(k) and Profit Sharing Plan 

The  Company  has  a  401(k) and  profit  sharing  plan  covering  substantially  all  full-time  employees.  The  plan  calls  for 
matching contributions by the Company, and the Company makes discretionary contributions based on profits. Company 
contributions to this plan excluding discontinued operations and included in noninterest expense totaled $601 thousand 
and $580 thousand for 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

NOTE 13. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION 

At  the  2016  annual meeting,  stockholders approved  the Shore Bancshares, Inc. 2016 Stock  and  Incentive Plan  (“2016 
Equity Plan”), replacing the Shore Bancshares, Inc. 2006 Stock and Incentive Plan (“2006 Equity Plan”), which expired 
on that date. The Company may issue shares of common stock or grant other equity-based awards pursuant to the 2016 
Equity Plan. Stock-based awards granted to date generally are time-based, vest in equal installments on each anniversary 
of the grant date and range over a one- to three-year period of time, and, in the case of stock options, expire 10 years from 
the grant date. As part of the 2016 Equity Plan, a performance equity incentive award program, known as the “Long-term 
incentive plan” allows participating officers of the Company to earn incentive awards of performance share/restricted stock 
units if certain pre-determined targets are achieved at the end of a three-year performance cycle. Stock-based compensation 
expense based on the grant date fair value is recognized ratably over the requisite service period for all awards and reflects 
forfeitures as they occur. The 2016 Equity Plan originally reserved 750,000 shares of common stock for grant, and 608,414 
shares remained available for grant at December 31, 2020. 

The following tables provide information on stock-based compensation expense for 2020 and 2019. 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Stock-based compensation expense 
Excess tax benefits related to stock-based compensation 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense 
Weighted average period unrecognized expense is expected to be recognized 

December 31,  

2020 

2019 

$ 

263  
 11  

$ 

 149 
 7 

December 31,  

2020 

2019 

  $ 

 97  
$ 
 0.3 years   

 35  
 0.1 years

The  following  table  summarizes  restricted  stock  award  activity  for  the  Company  under  the  2016  Equity  Plan  for  the 
two years ended December 31. 

Nonvested at beginning of period 
Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited 
Nonvested at end of period 

2020 

2019 

  Weighted Average  

  Weighted Average

  Number of   
Shares 
 15,702   $ 
 25,507  
 (15,065) 
 (1,639) 
 24,505   $ 

Grant Date 
Fair Value 

  Number of  
     Shares 

Grant Date 
Fair Value 

 —   $ 

 15.36   
 13.78     15,702  
 —  
 15.35   
 15.85   
 —  
 13.78     15,702   $ 

 — 
 15.36 
 — 
 — 
 15.36 

The total fair value of restricted stock awards that vested was $243 thousand in 2020. 

Restricted stock units (RSUs) are similar to restricted stock, except the recipient does not receive the stock immediately, 
but instead receives it upon the terms and conditions of the Company’s long-term incentive plans which are subject to 
performance milestones achieved at the end of a three-year period. Each RSU cliff vests at the end of the three-year period 

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
and entitles the recipient to receive one share of common stock on a specified issuance date. The recipient does not have 
any stockholder rights, including voting rights, with respect to the shares underlying awarded RSUs until the recipient 
becomes the holder of those shares. 

During  2017,  the  Company  entered  into  a  long-term  incentive  plan  agreement  with  officers  of  the  Company  and  its 
subsidiaries to award RSUs based on a performance metric to be achieved as of December 31, 2019. Based on the results 
for the year ended December 31, 2019, 6,451 shares were vested. 

The following table summarizes restricted stock units activity at the end of the performance cycle for the Company under 
the 2016 Equity Plan for the two years ended December 31. 

2020 

  Number of   
     Shares 

  Weighted Average  
Grant Date 
Fair Value 

  Number of  
      Shares 

2019 

  Weighted Average 

Outstanding at beginning of period 
Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited 
Outstanding at end of period 

 6,451   $ 
 —  
 (6,451) 
 —  
 —   $ 

 16.57   
 —   

 38,562   $ 
 —  
 16.57     (15,577) 
 —     (16,534) 
 —   

 6,451   $ 

The  fair  value  of  restricted  stock  units  that  vested  during  2020  and  2019  was  $107  thousand  and  $241  thousand, 
respectively. 

The following table summarizes stock option activity for the Company under the 2016 Equity Plan for the two years ended 
December 31, 2020. 

2020 

  Number of  
      Shares 

  Weighted Average 
Grant Date 

     Exercise Price 

  Number of  
      Shares 

2019 

  Weighted Average   

Outstanding at beginning of period 
Granted 
Exercised 
Expired/Cancelled 
Outstanding at end of period 

 11,671   $ 
 —  
 (7,760) 
 (1,202) 
 2,709   $ 

 9.25   
 —   

 27,249   $ 
 —  
 9.01     (15,578) 
 —  
 16.65   
 11,671   $ 
 6.64   

Exercisable at end of period 

 2,709   $ 

 6.64   

 11,671   $ 

 9.25 

There were no stock options granted during 2020 and 2019, respectively.  

At December 31, 2020, the aggregate intrinsic value of the options outstanding and exercisable under the 2016 Equity Plan 
was $22 thousand based on the $14.60 market value per share of Shore Bancshares, Inc.’s common stock at December 31, 
2020. Similarly, the aggregate intrinsic value of the options outstanding and exercisable was $95 thousand at December 31, 
2019. The intrinsic value of options exercised during 2020 was $10 thousand based on the $12.33 average market value 
per share of the Company’s common stock. The intrinsic value of options exercised in 2019 was $72 thousand based on 
the  $14.66  market  value  per  share  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  at  January 15,  2019.  At  December 31,  2020,  the 
weighted average remaining contract life of options outstanding and exercisable was 1.3 years. 

NOTE 14. DEFERRED COMPENSATION 

The  Company  has  multiple  deferred  compensation  agreements  with  current  and  former  employees.  The  Executive 
Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) is reserved for members of management and highly compensated employees of 
the Company and the Bank. During 2019, the Plan was expanded to include additional officers who had not previously 
participated. The Plan permits a participant to elect, each year, to defer receipt of up to 100% of his or her salary and bonus 

88 

Grant Date 
Fair Value 

 14.69 
 — 
 11.68 
 16.78 
 16.57 

Exercise 
Prices 

 9.68 
 — 
 10.01 
 — 
 9.25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
to  be  earned  in  the  following year.  The  Plan  also  permits  the  participant  to  defer  the  receipt  of  performance-based 
compensation not later than six months before the end of the period for which it is to be earned. The deferred amounts are 
credited to an account maintained on behalf of the participant and are invested at the discretion of each participant in 
certain deemed investment options selected by the Compensation Committee of the Board of the Company. The actual 
investments  purchased  are  owned  by  the  Company  and  held  in  a  Rabbi  Trust.  The  accounts  of  the  Rabbi  Trust  are 
consolidated and the investments are included in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company and the 
Bank may also make matching, mandatory and discretionary contributions for certain participants. A participant is fully 
vested at all times in the amounts that he or she elects to defer. Any contributions by the Company will vest over a five-
year period. 

The following table provides information on Shore Bancshares, Inc.’s contributions and participant deferrals to the Plan 
for 2020 and 2019 and the related deferred compensation liability at December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Deferred compensation contribution 
Elective deferrals  
Deferred compensation liability 

2020 

2019 

  $ 

 —   $ 

 319  
 614  

 — 
 133 
 363 

During 2019, the Company introduced a new SERP plan for executive officers of the Company and the Bank. The related 
liability  is  unfunded;  however,  BOLI  was  purchased  in  order  to  offset  the  benefit  costs.  The  following  table  provides 
information on the expense recognized during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, as well as the balance of the 
unfunded SERP liability and the cash surrender value of policies purchased to offset the SERP benefit costs as of December 
31, 2020 and 2019. The unfunded SERP liability and cash surrender value were included in other liabilities and other 
assets, respectively. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Cash surrender value 
Deferred compensation liability - SERP 
SERP Expense 

  $ 

2020 
 27,501   $ 
 1,659  
 1,422  

2019 
 26,721 
 347 
 347 

Lastly, in 2016, the Bank assumed agreements held by the former CNB Bank under which its former directors had 
elected to defer part of their fees and compensation while serving on the former Board of CNB. The amounts deferred 
were invested in insurance policies on the lives of the respective individuals. Amounts available under the policies are to 
be paid to the individuals as retirement benefits over future years.  

The following table includes information on the deferred compensation liability and cash surrender value at December 
31, 2020 and 2019. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Deferred compensation liability 
Cash surrender value 

$ 

2020 

 631  
 2,979  

$ 

 2019 

 691 
 2,919 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 15. OTHER EXPENSES 

The following table summarizes the Company’s other noninterest expenses for the years ended December 31, excluding 
discontinued operations: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Advertising and marketing 
Other customer expense 
Other expense 
Other loan expense 
Software expense 
Travel and entertainment expense 
Trust professional fees 
Total other noninterest expense 

NOTE 16. INCOME TAXES 

2020 

2019 

 331   $ 
 538       
 1,919       
 361       
 908       
 180       
 461       
 4,698   $ 

 425 
 400 
 2,220 
 277 
 1,001 
 322 
 485 
 5,130 

  $ 

  $ 

The following table provides information on components of income tax expense for continuing operations for each of the 
two years ended December 31. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Current tax expense: 

Federal 
State 

Deferred income tax (benefit) expense: 

Federal 
State 

Total income tax expense  

2020 

2019 

  $ 

 5,477   $ 
 2,025  
 7,502  

 3,974 
 1,395 
 5,369 

 (1,650) 
 (535) 
 (2,185) 

 122 
 119 
 241 

  $ 

 5,317   $ 

 5,610 

The following table provides a reconciliation of tax computed at the statutory federal tax rate to the actual tax expense for 
continuing operations for each of the two years ended December 31. 

Tax at federal statutory rate 
Tax effect of: 

Tax-exempt income 
State income taxes, net of federal benefit 
Other 

Actual income tax expense rate 

2020 

2019 

 21 %   

 21 % 

 (1.6)  
 5.6   
 0.3   
 25.3 %   

 (1.0) 
 5.5  
 0.1  
 25.6 % 

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
    
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
   
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
  
  
    
   
  
  
  
  
 
The following table provides information on significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities 
as of December 31.  

(Dollars in thousands) 
Deferred tax assets: 

Allowance for credit losses 
Write-downs of other real estate owned 
Nonaccrual loan interest  
Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities transferred to held to maturity 
Other 

  $ 

Total deferred tax assets 
Less valuation allowance 
   Deferred tax assets net of valuation allowance 

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Depreciation 
Acquisition accounting adjustments 
Deferred capital gain on branch sale 
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities 
Other 

Total deferred tax liabilities 
Net deferred tax assets 

NOTE 17. EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE 

  $ 

2020 

2019 

 3,721   $ 
 12  
 367  
 —  
 2,152  
 6,252  
 (169) 
 6,083  

 177  
 580  
 187  
 567  
 130  
 1,641  
 4,442   $ 

 2,850 
 9 
 353 
 4 
 735 
 3,951 
 (63)
 3,888 

 198 
 508 
 194 
 74 
 160 
 1,134 
 2,754 

Basic earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted 
average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share is calculated by 
dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding 
during the period, adjusted for the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents (stock-based awards). The following table 
provides information relating to the calculation of earnings per common share for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 
2019. 

(In thousands, except per share data) 
Net income from continuing operations 
Net loss from discontinued operations 
Net Income 
Weighted average shares outstanding - Basic 
Dilutive effect of common stock equivalents-options 
Weighted average shares outstanding - Diluted 

Basic and diluted earnings per common share 

Income from continuing operations 
Loss from discontinued operations 

Net income 

  $ 

  $ 

2020 
 15,730   $ 
 -  
 15,730   $ 
 12,380  
 1  
 12,381  

2019 
 16,284 
 (86)
 16,198 
 12,725 
 5 
 12,730 

  $ 

  $ 

 1.27   $ 
 —  
 1.27   $ 

 1.28 
 (0.01)
 1.27 

There were no weighted average common stock equivalents excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share 
for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

NOTE 18. REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS 

Banks  and  bank  holding  companies  are  subject  to  various  regulatory  capital  requirements  administered  by  the  federal 
banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory - and possibly additional 
discretionary - actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial statements. 
Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
    
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
    
 
    
 
  
  
 
capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Banks’ assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items 
as  calculated  under  regulatory  accounting  practices.  The  Banks’  capital  amounts  and  classification  are  also  subject  to 
qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. 

Basel III 

The FRB and the FDIC approved the final rules implementing the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s (“BCBS”) 
capital guidelines for U.S. banks. Under the final rules, minimum requirements increased for both the quantity and quality 
of capital held by the Company. The rules include a new common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets minimum 
ratio of 4.5%, raise the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets to 6.0%, require a minimum ratio of Total 
Capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%, and require a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%. A capital conservation 
buffer, comprised of common equity Tier 1 capital, is also established above the regulatory minimum capital requirements. 
This capital conservation buffer was phased in beginning January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and increased 
each subsequent year by an additional 0.625% until reaching its final level of 2.5% on January 1, 2019. Strict eligibility 
criteria  for  regulatory  capital  instruments  were  also  implemented  under  the  final  rules.  The  final  rules also  revise  the 
definition  and calculation of Tier  1  capital,  Total  Capital, and  risk-weighted  assets.  At December 31, 2020  the  capital 
conservation buffer was 2.50% and the Bank’s specific capital buffer was 6.25%. 

The  phase-in  period  for  the  final  rules began  on  January 1,  2015,  with  full  compliance  with  all  of  the  final  rules’ 
requirements phased in over a multi-year schedule, ending on January 1, 2019. 

Quantitative  measures  established by  regulation  to  ensure capital  adequacy require  the Bank  to  maintain  amounts  and 
ratios (set forth in the table below) of Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1 and total capital (as defined in the regulations) to 
risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (leverage ratio). As of December 31, 
2020, management believes that Shore United Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which it was subject. 

As of December 31, 2020, the most recent notification from the Federal Reserve Bank categorized Shore Untied Bank, as 
well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that 
notification that management believes would change the Bank’s classification. To be categorized as well capitalized, the 
Bank  must  maintain  minimum  common  equity  Tier 1,  Tier 1 risk-based  and  total  risk-based  capital  ratios,  and  Tier 1 
leverage ratios, which are described below. 

The minimum ratios for capital adequacy purposes are 7.00%, 8.50%, 10.50% and 4.00% for the common equity Tier 1, 
Tier 1 risk-based capital, total risk-based capital and leverage ratios, respectively which include a capital conservation 
buffer  of  2.50%  respectively.  To  be  categorized  as  well  capitalized,  a  bank  must  maintain  minimum  ratios  of  6.50%, 
8.00%, 10.00% and 5.00% for its common equity Tier 1, Tier 1 risk-based capital, total risk-based capital and leverage 
ratios, respectively. 

The following tables present the capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
2020 
Shore United Bank 

(Dollars in thousands) 
2019 
Shore United Bank 

Common 
Equity/ 
Tier 1 
     Capital 
  $ 180,696   $ 194,885   $ 1,367,544   $ 1,857,802   

Total 
Risk- 
Based  
     Capital 

Net 
Risk- 
Weighted 
Assets 

Adjusted 
Average 

     Total Assets      Tier 1 ratio     
 13.21 %  

  Common   
Equity 

Tier 1 
Risk-Based 
Capital 
Ratio 
 13.21 %   

Total 
Risk-Based 
Capital    
Ratio 
 14.25 %  

Tier 1    
Leverage   

      Ratio 

 9.73 %

Common 
Equity/ 
Tier 1 
     Capital 
  $ 163,206   $ 174,014   $ 1,254,980   $ 1,533,919   

Total 
Risk- 
Based  
     Capital 

Net 
Risk- 
Weighted 
Assets 

Adjusted 
Average 

  Common   
Equity 

     Total Assets      Tier 1 ratio     

Tier 1 
Risk-Based 
Capital 
Ratio 

Total 
Risk-Based 
Capital    
Ratio 

Tier 1    
Leverage   

      Ratio 

 13.00 %   13.00  %    13.87  %    10.64 %

In August of 2018 the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act (“EGRRCPA”) directed the 
Federal  Reserve  Board  (“FRB”)  to  revise  the  Small  Bank  Holding  Company  Policy  Statement  to  raise  the  total 
consolidated asset limit in the Policy Statement from $1 billion to $3 billion. The Company was previously required to 

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
  
 
comply with the minimum capital requirements on a consolidated basis; however, the Company continues to meet the 
conditions  of  the  revised  policy  statement  and  was,  therefore,  exempt  from  the  consolidated  capital  requirements  at 
December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

Bank and holding company regulations, as well as Maryland law, impose certain restrictions on dividend payments by the 
Bank, as well as restricting extensions of credit and transfers of assets between the Bank and the Company. 

At December 31, 2020, the Bank could pay dividends to the parent to the extent of its earnings so long as it maintained 
required  capital  ratios.  There  were  no  dividends  paid  by  the  Bank  to  Shore  Bancshares, Inc.  for  the years  ended 
December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Shore Bancshares, Inc. had no outstanding receivables from its subsidiary at 
December 31, 2020 or 2019. 

NOTE 19. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

The  Company  records  unrealized  holding  gains  (losses),  net  of  tax,  on  investment  securities  available  for  sale  as 
accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss),  a  separate  component  of  stockholders’  equity.  The  following  table 
provides information on the changes in the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for 2020 and 
2019. 

     Unrealized gains 

Unrealized 

(losses) on securities  
transferred from 

  Accumulated 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Balance, December 31, 2019 
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications 
Reclassification of gains recognized 
Balance, December 31, 2020 

Balance, December 31, 2018 
Other comprehensive income 
Balances, December 31, 2019 

NOTE 20. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS 

  gains (losses) on   Available-for-sale   
  available for sale 
securities 

to 
Held-to-maturity 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 218   $ 

 1,570  
 (259)  
 1,529   $ 

 (2,918)   $ 
 3,136  

 218   $ 

other 

  comprehensive 
income (loss) 
 207 
 1,581 
 (259)
 1,529 

 (11)  $ 
 11  
 —  
 —   $ 

 (32)  $ 
 21  
 (11)  $ 

 (2,950)
 3,157 
 207 

Accounting guidance under GAAP defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to 
transfer  a  liability  (an  exit  price)  in  the  principal  or  most  advantageous  market  for  the  asset  or  liability  in  an  orderly 
transaction between market participants on the measurement date. This accounting guidance also establishes a fair value 
hierarchy, which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs 
when measuring fair value. 

The  Company  uses  fair  value  measurements  to  record  fair  value  adjustments  to  certain  assets  and  liabilities  and  to 
determine fair value disclosures. Securities available for sale and equity securities with readily determinable fair values 
are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, the Company may be required to record at 
fair value other assets on a nonrecurring basis, such as impaired loans, loans held for sale and other real estate owned 
(foreclosed assets). These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of lower of cost or market 
accounting or write-downs of individual assets. 

Under fair value accounting guidance, assets and liabilities are grouped at fair value in three levels, based on the markets 
in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine their fair values. These 
hierarchy levels are: 

Level 1 inputs – Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity has 
the ability to access at the measurement date. 

93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
         
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
Level 2 inputs – Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, 
either directly or indirectly. These might include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, 
and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, such as interest rates and yield 
curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals. 

Level 3 inputs – Unobservable inputs for determining the fair values of assets or liabilities that reflect an entity’s 
own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities. 

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis 

Investment Securities Available for Sale 

Fair value measurement for investment securities available for sale is based on quoted prices from an independent pricing 
service.  The  fair  value  measurements  consider  observable  data  that  may  include  present  value  of  future  cash  flows, 
prepayment  assumptions,  credit  loss  assumptions  and  other  factors.  The  Company  classifies  its  investments  in  U.S. 
Treasury securities, if any, as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy, and it classifies its investments in U.S. Government 
agencies  securities  and  mortgage-backed  securities  issued  or  guaranteed  by  U.S.  Government  sponsored  entities  as 
Level 2. 

Equity Securities 

Fair  value  measurement  for  equity  securities  is  based  on  quoted  market  prices  retrieved  by  the  Company  via  on-line 
resources. Although these securities have readily available fair market values, the Company deems that they be classified 
as level 2 investments in the fair value hierarchy due to not being considered traded in a highly active market. 

The tables below present the recorded amount of assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2020 
and 2019. No assets were transferred from one hierarchy level to another during 2020 or 2019. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
2020 
Securities available for sale: 
U.S. Government agencies 
Mortgage-backed 

Equity 

Total 

(Dollars in thousands) 
2019 
Securities available for sale: 
U.S. Government agencies 
Mortgage-backed 

Equity 

Total 

Quoted 
Prices 

Significant   
Other 

Significant 

  Observable    Unobservable 

Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Inputs 
(Level 3) 

      Fair Value        (Level 1)       

  $   23,537   $ 
   116,031  
   139,568  

 —   $   23,537   $ 
 —  
 —  

   116,031  
   139,568  

 1,395  

  $  140,963   $ 

 —  
 —   $  140,963   $ 

 1,395  

 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 
 — 

Quoted 
Prices 

Significant   
Other 

Significant 

  Observable    Unobservable 

Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Inputs 
(Level 3) 

      Fair Value        (Level 1)       

  $   23,826   $ 
 98,965  
   122,791  

 —   $   23,826   $ 
 —  
 —  

 98,965  
   122,791  

 1,342  

  $  124,133   $ 

 —  
 —   $  124,133   $ 

 1,342  

 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 
 — 

94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
    
       
       
       
  
    
       
       
       
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
    
       
       
       
  
    
       
       
       
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis 

Impaired Loans 

Loans are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be 
unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loan impairment is measured 
using the present value of expected cash flows, the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral (less 
selling costs) if the loans are collateral dependent and these are considered Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Collateral 
may be real estate and/or business assets including equipment, inventory and/or accounts receivable. The value of business 
equipment, inventory and accounts receivable, discounted on management’s review and analysis. Appraised and reported 
values may be discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of 
valuation, and/or management’s expertise and knowledge of the client and the client’s business. 

Impaired loans are reviewed and evaluated on at least a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly, 
based on the factors identified above. Valuation techniques are consistent with those techniques applied in prior periods. 

Other Real Estate Owned (Foreclosed Assets) 

Foreclosed  assets  are  adjusted  for  fair  value  upon  transfer  of  loans  to  foreclosed  assets  establishing  a  new  cost  basis. 
Subsequently,  foreclosed  assets  are  carried  at  the  lower  of  carrying  value  or  fair  value.  The  estimated  fair  value  for 
foreclosed assets included in Level 3 are determined by independent market based appraisals and other available market 
information, less costs to sell, that may be reduced further based on market expectations or an executed sales agreement. 
If the fair value of the collateral deteriorates subsequent to the initial recognition, the Company records the foreclosed 
asset as a non-recurring Level 3 adjustment. Valuation techniques are consistent with those techniques applied in prior 
periods. 

95 

 
 
 
The  following  tables  set  forth  the  Company’s  financial  assets  subject  to  fair  value  adjustments  (impairment)  on  a 
nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2020 and 2019, that are valued at the lower of cost or market. Assets are classified in 
their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. 

    Fair Value     

Valuation Technique 

     Unobservable Input 

Range 

  Weighted  
    Average (3) 

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements 

(Dollars in thousands) 
2020 
Nonrecurring 
measurements: 

Impaired loans 

  $ 

 610    Appraisal of collateral 

 (1)Liquidation expense  (2)

10% 

(10%) 

Impaired loans 

  $  1,110    Discounted cash flow analysis  (1)Discount rate 

6% - 7.25% 

(6%) 

(Dollars in thousands) 
2019 
Nonrecurring measurements: 

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements 

    Fair Value     

Valuation Technique 

Unobservable Input 

Range 

Impaired loans 

  $  2,489    Appraisal of collateral 

 (1)Liquidation expense 

 (2) 

10% 

Impaired loans 

  $  2,599    Discounted cash flow analysis  (1)Discount rate 

  4% - 7.25%

Other real estate owned 

  $ 

 74    Appraisal of collateral 

 (1)Appraisal adjustments  (2)  0% - 31% 

       Liquidation expense 

 (2) 

10% 

(1)  Fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral (impaired loans and 
OREO) or discounted cash flow analyses (impaired loans), which generally include various level III inputs which are 
not identifiable. 

(2)  Appraisals  may  be  adjusted  by  management  for  qualitative  factors  such  as  economic  conditions  and  estimated 
liquidation expenses. The range of liquidation expenses and other appraisal adjustments are presented as a percent of 
the appraisal. 

(3)  Unobservable inputs were weighted by the relative fair value of the instruments. 

96 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
     
   
   
   
   
    
     
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
     
    
    
    
   
 
    
    
    
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
    
 
Fair Value of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities 

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are presented in the following 
table. Fair values for December 31, 2020 and 2019 were estimated using an exit price notion. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Financial assets 
Level 1 inputs 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Level 2 inputs 

Investment securities held to maturity 
Restricted securities 
Cash surrender value on life insurance 

Level 3 inputs 
Loans, net 

Financial liabilities 
Level 2 inputs 
Deposits: 

Noninterest-bearing demand 
Checking plus interest 
Money market 
Savings 
Club 
Certificates of deposit, $100,000 or more 
Other time 

Securities sold under retail repurchase agreement 
Advances from FHLB - long-term 
Subordinated debt 

2020 

2019 

Estimated 
Fair 
Value 

Carrying  
      Amount 

Estimated 
Fair 
Value 

Carrying 
      Amount 

  $  186,917   $  186,917   $

 94,971   $ 

 94,971 

  $

 65,706   $
 3,626  
 31,018  

 65,828   $
 3,626  
 31,018  

 8,786   $ 
 4,190  
 29,782  

 8,654 
 4,190 
 29,782 

  $ 1,440,368   $ 1,436,292   $ 1,238,147   $  1,242,867 

  $  509,091   $  509,091   $  356,618   $ 
 446,243  
 292,974  
 177,524  
 392  
 131,271  
 146,137  
 1,050  
 —  
 25,745  

 302,227  
 262,050  
 143,322  
 387  
 127,600  
 149,130  
 1,226  
 15,000  
 —  

 446,243  
 292,974  
 177,524  
 392  
 129,623  
 144,858  
 1,050  
 —  
 24,429  

 356,618 
 302,227 
 262,050 
 143,322 
 387 
 128,167 
 149,209 
 1,226 
 15,040 
 — 

NOTE 21. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK 

In the normal course of business, to meet the financial needs of its customers, the Bank is a party to financial instruments 
with off-balance sheet risk. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. 
Commitments  to  extend  credit  are  agreements  to  lend  to  a  customer  as  long  as  there  is  no  violation  of  any  condition 
established in the contract. Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance 
of  a  customer to  a  third  party. Letters of  credit  and  other commitments  generally  have  fixed  expiration dates or other 
termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Because many of the letters of credit and commitments are expected 
to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. 

The following table provides information on commitments outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Commitments to extend credit 
Letters of credit 

Total 

  $ 

  $ 

2020 
 248,607   $ 
 7,944  
 256,551   $ 

2019 
 211,652 
 7,691 
 219,343 

The  Bank  has  established  an  reserve  for  off  balance  sheet  credit  exposures.  The  reserve  is  established  as  losses  are 
estimated to have occurred through a loss for off balance sheet credit exposures charged to earnings. Losses are charged 
against  the  allowance  when  management  believes  the  required  funding  of  these  exposures  is  uncollectible.  While  this 

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
    
      
      
      
  
    
      
      
      
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
  
  
 
evaluation  is  completed  on  a  regular  basis,  it  is  inherently  subjective  as  it  requires  estimates  that  are  susceptible  to 
significant revision as more information becomes available. 

NOTE 22. CONTINGENCIES 

In the normal course of business, Shore Bancshares, Inc. and its Bank subsidiary may become involved in litigation arising 
from banking, financial, and other activities. Management, after consultation with legal counsel, does not anticipate that 
the  future  liability,  if  any,  arising  out  of  current  proceedings  will  have  a  material  effect  on  the  Company’s  financial 
condition, operating results, or liquidity. 

NOTE 23. PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

The following tables provide condensed financial information for Shore Bancshares, Inc. (Parent Company Only). 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Assets 
Cash 
Investment in subsidiaries 
Other assets 
Total assets 

Liabilities 

Accrued interest payable 
Other liabilities 
Long-term debt 
Total liabilities 

Stockholders’ equity 

Common stock 
Additional paid in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive income 

Total stockholders’ equity 

Condensed Balance Sheets 
December 31, 

2020 

2019 

  $ 

 16,653   $ 
 201,462  
 3,204  

 7,522 
 183,183 
 2,483 
  $   221,319   $   193,188 

  $ 

 482   $ 

 1,389  
 24,429  
 26,300  

 118  
 52,167  
 141,205  
 1,529  
 195,019  

 — 
 386 
 — 
 386 

 125 
 61,045 
 131,425 
 207 
 192,802 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 

  $   221,319   $   193,188 

98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
    
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Condensed Statements of Income 
For the Years Ended December 31, 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Income 
Management and other fees from subsidiaries 
Gain on company owned life insurance 
Other operating income 

Total income 

Expenses 
Interest expense 
Salaries and employee benefits 
Legal and professional fees 
Other operating expenses 

Total expenses 

(Loss) before income tax (benefit) and equity in  
  undistributed net income of subsidiaries 
Income tax (benefit)  
(Loss) before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries 

2020 

2019 

  $ 

 —   $ 

 152  
 —  
 152  

 522  
 349  
 600  
 251  
 1,722  

 (1,570) 
 (343) 
 (1,227) 

 498 
 4 
 62 
 564 

 22 
 111 
 658 
 274 
 1,065 

 (501)
 (131)
 (370)

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries 
Net income  

 16,957  
 15,730   $ 

 16,568 
 16,198 

  $ 

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
    
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows 
For the Years Ended December 31, 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Cash flows from operating activities: 
Net income  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash 
provided by (used in) operating activities: 

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries 
Amortization of debt issuance costs 
Stock-based compensation expense 
Company owned life insurance income 
Net (increase) in other assets 
Net increase (decrease) in other liabilities 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 
Purchase of company owned life insurance 
Transfer to subsidiary 

Net cash (used in) investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 
Increase in short-term borrowings 
Proceeds from the issuance of subordinated debt, net of issuance costs 
Common stock dividends paid 
Retirement of common stock 
Exercise of stock options 
Repurchase of shares for tax withholding on exercised options 
  and vested restricted stock 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

2020 

2019 

  $ 

 15,730   $ 

 16,198 

 (16,957) 
 40  
 263  
 (152) 
 (250) 
 1,485  
 159  

 (319) 
 —  
 (319) 

 —  
 24,389  
 (5,950) 
 (9,112) 
 3  

 (16,568)
 — 
 149 
 — 
 (1,093)
 (6,109)
 (7,423)

 (139)
 (571)
 (710)

 (1,041)
 — 
 (5,347)
 (4,452)
 — 

 (39) 
 9,291  

 (88)
 (10,928)

 9,131  
 7,522  
 16,653   $ 

 (19,061)
 26,583 
 7,522 

  $ 

Supplemental cash flow information: 
Transfer of building, available for sale securities and other assets to banking subsidiary 

  $ 

 —   $ 

 5,032 

NOTE 24. REVENUE RECOGNITION 

Topic 606 does not apply to revenue associated with financial instruments, including revenue from loans and securities. 
Topic 606 is applicable to noninterest revenue streams such as trust and asset management income, deposit related fees, 
interchange fees and merchant income. Noninterest revenue streams in-scope of Topic 606 are discussed below. 

Service Charges on Deposit Accounts 

Service charges on deposit accounts consist of account analysis fees (i.e., net fees earned on analyzed business and public 
checking  accounts), monthly  service  fees,  check  orders,  and  other  deposit  account  related  fees.  The  Company’s 
performance obligation for account analysis fees and monthly service fees is generally satisfied, and the related revenue 
recognized, over the period in which the service is provided. 

Check  orders  and  other  deposit  account  related  fees  are  largely  transactional  based,  and  therefore,  the  Company’s 
performance obligation is satisfied, and related revenue recognized, at a point in time. Payment for service charges on 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
    
 
  
 
  
   
  
  
 
  
   
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
                    
 
  
   
  
  
 
  
   
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
  
 
 
 
deposit  accounts  is  primarily  received  immediately  or  at  the  end  of  the month  through  a  direct  charge  to  customers’ 
accounts. 

Trust and Investment Fee Income 

Trust and investment fee income are primarily comprised of fees earned from the management and administration of trusts 
and other customer assets. The Company’s performance obligation is generally satisfied over time and the resulting fees 
are recognized monthly, based upon the month-end market value of the assets under management and the applicable fee 
rate.  Payment  is  generally  received  a  few days  after month  end  through  a  direct  charge  to  customers’  accounts.  The 
Company does not earn performance-based incentives. 

Optional services such as real estate sales and tax return preparation services are also available to existing trust and asset 
management  customers.  The  Company’s  performance  obligation  for  these  transactional-based  services  is  generally 
satisfied, and related revenue recognized, at a point in time (i.e., as incurred). Payment is received shortly after services 
are rendered. 

Other Noninterest Income 

Other  noninterest  income  consists  of:  fees,  exchange,  other  service  charges,  safety  deposit  box  rental  fees,  and  other 
miscellaneous revenue streams. Fees and other service charges are primarily comprised of debit and credit card income, 
ATM fees, merchant services income, and other service charges. Debit and credit card income is primarily comprised of 
interchange fees earned whenever the Company’s debit and credit cards are processed through card payment networks 
such  as  Visa.  ATM  fees  are  primarily  generated  when  a  Company  cardholder  uses  a  non-Company  ATM  or  a  non-
Company cardholder uses a Company ATM. Merchant services income mainly represents fees charged to merchants to 
process their debit and credit card transactions, in addition to account management fees. Other service charges include 
revenue from processing wire transfers, bill pay service, cashier’s checks, and other services. The Company’s performance 
obligation for fees, exchange, and other service charges are largely satisfied, and related revenue recognized, when the 
services  are  rendered  or  upon  completion.  Payment  is  typically  received  immediately  or  in  the  following month.  Safe 
deposit  box  rental  fees  are  charged  to  the  customer  on  an  annual  basis  and  recognized  upon  receipt  of  payment.  The 
Company determined that rentals and renewals of safe deposit boxes will be recognized on a monthly basis consistent with 
the duration of the performance obligation. 

The following presents noninterest income from continued operations, segregated by revenue streams in-scope and out-
of-scope of Topic 606, for December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Noninterest Income 

In-scope of Topic 606: 

Service charges on deposit accounts 
Trust and investment fee income 
Interchange income 
Other noninterest income 

Noninterest Income (in-scope of Topic 606) 
Noninterest Income (out-of-scope of Topic 606) 

Total Noninterest Income 

Contract Balances 

2020 

2019 

$ 

$ 

 2,839   $ 
 1,558  
 3,006  
 1,803  
 9,206  
 1,543  
 10,749   $ 

 3,910 
 1,522 
 2,678 
 1,354 
 9,464 
 556 
 10,020 

A contract asset balance occurs when an entity performs a service for a customer before the customer pays consideration 
(resulting in a contract receivable) or before payment is due (resulting in a contract asset). A contract liability balance is 
an entity’s obligation to transfer a service to a customer for which the entity has already received payment (or payment is 
due)  from  the  customer.  The  Company’s  noninterest  revenue  streams  are  largely  based  on  transactional  activity,  or 
standard month-end revenue accruals such as asset management fees based on month-end market values. Consideration is 
often received immediately or shortly after the Company satisfies its performance obligation and revenue is recognized. 

101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
  
 
    
 
  
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
The Company does not typically enter into long-term revenue contracts with customers, and therefore, does not experience 
significant  contract  balances.  As  of  December 31,  2020  and  2019,  the  Company  did  not  have  any  significant  contract 
balances. 

NOTE 25. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS 

Pending Acquisition 
On March 3, 2021, the Company and Severn Bancorp, Inc. (“Severn”) entered into a definitive agreement for the Company 
to acquire the Maryland-based Severn. 

This transaction will create the third largest community bank headquartered in Maryland. The primary reasons for the 
Company to acquire Severn was to access and deploy excess capital and deposits into a high growth market, while also 
enhancing scale to drive efficiency and profitability. Additionally, this transaction will create a competitive position in the 
Columbia/Baltimore/Towson MSA, while filling in our current market footprint.   

Under the terms of the agreement, Severn shareholders will receive 0.6207 shares of Shore common stock and $1.59 in 
cash for each share of Severn common stock. Upon closing, Shore shareholders will own approximately 59.6% of the 
combined Company and Severn will own approximately 40.4% of the combined Company. The transaction is still subject 
to satisfaction of customary closing conditions, including regulatory approvals and shareholder approval from Shore and 
Severn shareholders. The transaction is expected to close in the third quarter of 2021. 

As of December 31, 2020, Severn had more than $950 million in assets and operated 7 full-service community banking 
offices throughout Anne Arundel County, Maryland. 

102 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9.      Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure. 

None. 

Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures. 

The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be 
disclosed in the Company’s reports filed under the Exchange Act with the SEC, such as this annual report, is recorded, 
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in those rules and forms, and that such information 
is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the principal executive officer (the “PEO”) 
and the principal financial officer (“PFO”), as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. A 
control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the 
objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource 
constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. These inherent limitations include the 
realities  that  judgments  in  decision-making  can  be  faulty,  and  that  breakdowns  can  occur  because  of  simple  error  or 
mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more 
people, or by management override of the control. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain 
assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving 
its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, control may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

An  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  these  disclosure  controls  as  of  December 31,  2020  was  carried  out  under  the 
supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the PEO and the PFO. Based on that 
evaluation, the Company’s management, including the PEO and the PFO, has concluded that the Company’s disclosure 
controls and procedures are, in fact, effective at the reasonable assurance level. 

During the fourth quarter of 2020, there was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

As required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, management has performed an evaluation and testing of 
the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020. Management’s report on the Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting is included in Item 8 of Part II of this annual report. 

Item 9B.      Other Information. 

None. 

103 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 10.      Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance. 

PART III 

The  Company  has  adopted  a  Code  of  Ethics  that  applies  to  all  of  its  directors,  officers,  and  employees,  including  its 
principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, or controller, or persons performing 
similar functions. A written copy of the Company’s Code of Ethics will be provided to stockholders, free of charge, upon 
request to: W. David Morse, Secretary, Shore Bancshares, Inc., 18 East Dover Street, Easton, Maryland 21601 or (410) 
763-7800. 

All other information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the following sections of the Company’s 
definitive proxy statement to be filed in connection with the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders: 

(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 

Election of Directors (Proposal 1); 
Continuing Directors; 
Executive Officers; 
Qualifications of Director Nominees and Continuing Directors; 
Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports;  
Corporate Governance Matters (under the heading, “Board Committees”); and 
New Employee Stock Purchase Plan (Proposal 4). 

Item 11.     Executive Compensation. 

The  information  required by this  item  is  incorporated  herein  by reference  to  the  following  sections of  the  Company’s 
definitive proxy statement to be filed in connection with the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders: 

(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 

Executive Compensation 
Director Compensation 

Item 12.     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters. 

The  information  required  by  this  item  regarding  security  ownership  of  certain  beneficial  owners  and  management  is 
incorporated by reference to the sections of the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed in connection with the 
2021 Annual Meeting of  the  Stockholders entitled  “Beneficial  Ownership of  Common  Stock.” Information  relating  to 
securities authorized for issuance under the Company’s equity compensation plans is included in Part II of this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K under “Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer 
Purchases of Equity Securities.” 

Item 13.     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence. 

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the sections of the Company’s definitive proxy 
statement to be filed in connection with the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders entitled “Certain Relationships and 
Related Transactions” and “Corporate Governance Matters” (under the heading, “Director Independence”). 

Item 14.     Principal Accounting Fees and Services. 

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section of the Company’s definitive proxy 
statement to be filed in connection with the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders entitled “Audit Fees and Services”. 

104 

 
 
 
 
 
Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules. 

(a)(1), (2) and (c) Financial statements and schedules: 

PART IV 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2020 and 2019 
Consolidated Statements of Income — Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income — Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity — Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 

(a)(3) and (b) Exhibits required to be filed by Item 601 of Regulation S-K: 

The exhibits filed or furnished with this annual report are shown on the Exhibit Index that follows the signatures to this 
annual report, which index is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary. 

None. 

105 

 
 
EXHIBIT LIST 

Exhibit No.     Description 

3.1(i) 

  Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s 

Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2000) 

3.1(ii) 

  Articles  Supplementary  relating  to  the  Fixed  Rate  Cumulative  Perpetual  Preferred  Stock,  Series A 

(incorporated by reference Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on January 13, 2009) 

3.1(iii) 

  Articles Supplementary relating to the reclassification of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock,
Series A, as common stock (incorporated by reference Exhibit 3.1(i) of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on 
June 17, 2009) 

3.2 

4.1 

  Amended and Restated By-Laws (filed herewith) 

  Description of Registrant’s Securities (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 10-

K filed on March 13, 2020). 

4.2 

  Form of Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Form S-3 

filed on June 25, 2010) 

10.1 

  Shore  Bancshares,  Inc.  Management  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.1  of  the 

Company’s Form 8-K filed on April 21, 2010) 

10.2 

  Shore Bancshares, Inc. Amended and Restated Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by

reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on February 14, 2007) 

10.3 

  Shore  Bancshares,  Inc.  2006  Stock  and  Incentive  Compensation  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to

Appendix A of the Company’s 2006 definitive proxy statement filed on March 24, 2006) 

10.4 

  Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  under  the  2006  Stock  and  Incentive  Compensation  Plan

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on April 11, 2007) 

10.5 

  Form  of  Performance  Share/Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award  Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to

Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on July 8, 2015). 

10.6 

  Shore  Bancshares,  Inc.  2016  Stock  and  Incentive  Compensation  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to

Appendix A of the Company’s 2016 definitive proxy statement filed on March 15, 2016) 

10.7 

  Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  under  the  2016  Stock  and  Incentive  Compensation  Plan

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2020). 

10.8 

  Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Units  Award  under  the  2016  Stock  and  Incentive  Compensation  Plan

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2020). 

10.9 

  Change in Control Agreement, dated October 31, 2017, between Shore United Bank and Edward C. Allen

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 1, 2017) 

10.10 

  Change in Control Agreement, dated November 2, 2018 between Shore United Bank and Lloyd L. Beatty,
Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 2, 2018) 

10.11 

  Change in Control Agreement, dated November 2, 2018 between Shore United Bank and Donna J. Stevens

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 2, 2018) 

106 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.12 

  Shore Bancshares Announces Stock Repurchase Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the 
Company’s Form 8-K filed on April 24, 2019).  

10.13 

  Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Lloyd L. Beatty, Jr. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 

10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on July 25, 2019). 

10.14 

  Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Edward C. Allen (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to

the Company’s Form 8-K filed on July 25, 2019). 

10.15 

  Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Donna J. Stevens (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3

to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on July 25, 2019). 

10.16 

  2019 Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Form 10-

K filed on March 13, 2020). 

21 

  Subsidiaries of the Company (included in the “BUSINESS—General” section of Item 1 of Part I of this

Annual Report on Form 10-K) 

  Consent of Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C. (filed herewith) 

  Certifications of the PEO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (filed herewith) 

  Certifications of the PFO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (filed herewith) 

  Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (furnished herewith) 

23.1 

31.1 

31.2 

32 

101.INS 

  XBRL Instance Document (filed herewith) 

101.SCH 

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema (filed herewith) 

101.CAL 

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase (filed herewith) 

101.DEF 

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase (filed herewith) 

101.LAB 

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase (filed herewith) 

101.PRE 

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase (filed herewith) 

104 

The cover page of Shore Bancshares, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2020, formatted in Inline XBRL (contained in Exhibit 101). 

107 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has caused this 
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Date:      March 26, 2021 

Shore Bancshares, Inc. 

By:  /s/ Lloyd L. Beatty, Jr. 
Lloyd L. Beatty, Jr. 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 
persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

/s/ Frank E. Mason, III 
Frank E. Mason, III, Director 
March 26, 2021 

/s/ James A. Judge 
James A. Judge, Director 
March 26, 2021 

/s/ Jeffery E. Thompson 
Jeffery E. Thompson, Director 
March 26, 2021 

/s/ Lloyd L. Beatty, Jr. 
Lloyd L. Beatty, Jr 
Director, President, and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 
March 26, 2021 

/s/ R. Michael Clemmer, Jr. 
R. Michael Clemmer, Jr., Director 
March 26, 2021 

/s/ Blenda W. Armistead 
Blenda W. Armistead, Director 
March 26, 2021 

/s/ Clyde V. Kelly, III 
Clyde V. Kelly, III, Director 
March 26, 2021 

/s/ William E. Esham, III 
William E. Esham, III, Director 
March 26, 2021 

/s/ David J. Bates 
David J. Bates, Director 
March 26, 2021 

/s/ David W. Moore 
David W. Moore, Director 
March 26, 2021 

/s/ Dawn M. Willey 
Dawn M. Willey, Director 
March 26, 2021 

/s/ Edward C. Allen 
Edward C. Allen 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer) 
March 26, 2021 

108 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SHOREBANCSHARES.COM  |  410.763.7800 
NASDAQ: SHBI